‫ﺍﻟﱰﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫‪-‬اﻟﻜﺘـ ــﺎب اأول‪-‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻷول )ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ‪ -‬إﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰي( ﻣﻦ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎر‬

‫ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬

‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ……………………………………‪……….‬‬

‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ )ﺃ(…………………………‪…….‬‬

‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ )ﺏ(………………‪...…………...‬‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎ………………………‪..‬‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ……‬

‫‪٤٨‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ …………………‬

‫‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‪……………………………...‬‬

‫‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻫﺪ‪ /‬ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ……‪…………………...‬‬

‫‪٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺣﻜﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻫﺪ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻫﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ…………………‪..‬‬

‫‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ …‪.‬‬

‫________________‬
 ‫ﺍﳌـﻘـﺪﻣـــــــﺔ‬

‫ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ ﻧﺴ‪JJ‬ﺨﺔ ﺟﺪﻳ‪JJ‬ﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﺘ‪JJ‬ﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻟﻄ‪JJ‬ﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺴ‪JJ‬ﻨﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺟﻤﻴ‪JJ‬ﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﻧﺼﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺃﺧ‪J‬ﺬ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺑﻄﺒﻌ‪J‬ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗ‪J‬ﺪ ﺃﻓ‪J‬ﺮﺩ ﻗﺴ‪J‬ﻢ ﻛﺒﻴ‪J‬ﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈ‪J‬ﺎﺕ ﺷ‪JJ‬ﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﺫﻟ‪JJ‬ﻚ ﻓ‪J‬ﻼ ﺑ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻞ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﻥ ُﻳﻠ‪JJ‬ـ ّﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻘ‪J‬ﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﻭﻓ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﻭﺳ‪JJ‬ﻌﺔ ﺍﻁ‪JJ‬ﻼﻉ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﻣﻌﻈ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠ‪JJ‬ﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨ‪JJ‬ﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺴ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﺑ‪JJ‬ﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻴ‪JJ‬ﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺒﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐ‪J‬ﻲ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻁ‪J‬ﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻤﻌ‪J‬ﻮﺍ ﺣﺼ‪JJ‬ﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻐﻮﻳ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻣﻤﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺯﺓ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ‪J‬ﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻛﻴﺒﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﻁ‪J‬ﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﺌ‪J‬ﻚ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﺑ‪J‬ﺪﺃﻭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠ‪J‬ﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠ‪J‬ﺎﻣﻌﻲ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﺟﻌ‪J‬ﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋ‪J‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤ‪J‬ﻮ ﻟﻴﺘﻘﻨﻮﻫ‪J‬ﺎ ﺍﺗﻘﺎﻧ‪J‬ﺎ ﺗﺎﻣ‪J‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﻋ‪J‬ﺔ ﺗﻔﻴ‪J‬ﺪﻫﻢ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪J‬ﻮﻉ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﻭﻗ‪JJ‬ﺖ ﻵﺧ‪JJ‬ﺮ ﻷﻧﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻣﺨﻄﻄ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺑﺄﺳ‪JJ‬ﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺘﻌﻤ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻟﻴﺒ‪JJ‬ﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻨ‪JJ‬ﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﻳﺠ‪JJ‬ﺐ‬
‫ﺇﺗﻘﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻏﻼﻁﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒ‪J‬ﺎ ﻣ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺧﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ )ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴ‪J‬ﺰﻱ – ﻋﺮﺑ‪J‬ﻲ( ﺃﻭ )ﻋﺮﺑ‪J‬ﻲ –‬
‫ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻱ(‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺳﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺱ )ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴ‪J‬ﺰﻱ –‬
‫ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻱ( ﻟﺘﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﻁﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﻋﻠ‪JJJ‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻄ‪JJJ‬ﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘ‪JJJ‬ﺪﺋﻴﻦ ﻓ‪JJJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪JJJ‬ﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺼ‪JJJ‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ‪JJJ‬ﻰ ﻛﺘ‪JJJ‬ﺎﺏ ﻓ‪JJJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻻﺻ‪JJJ‬ﻄﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪JJJ‬ﻮﻱ‬
‫)‪ (idioms‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤ‪JJ‬ﻮﺍ ﻣﻨ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪JJ‬ﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻋ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﻛﺜﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪JJ‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪He looks at me.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻲ‬

‫‪A mother looks after her children.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻡ ﺗﻌﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺄﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪He looked into the matter.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪He looked out of the window.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟ‪J‬ﺐ ﺣ‪J‬ﻴﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌ‪J‬ﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺼ‪J‬ﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘ‪J‬ﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻰ ﻭﺑﺄﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﻨﻲ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )ﺍﺧﺘﺼﻨﻲ( ﻓﻨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷ‪J‬ﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪J‬ﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﻟﻲ( ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪-٢-‬‬
‫‪He gave this present specially to me.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ )‪ (specially‬ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻴﺲ ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ )‪ (especially‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪J‬ﺔ ﻋﻨﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻏﻴ‪J‬ﺮ ﺍﻷﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴ‪J‬ﺰﻱ ﻓﻤ‪J‬ﺜﻼ ﻳﻜﺜ‪J‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ‪ Active Voice‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﻜﺜ‪J‬ﺮ ﺍﺳ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼ‪J‬ﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻟﺔ ‪ Passive Voice‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﻄﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺑﻨﺴﺎﺕ(‬

‫ﻫﻨ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪JJ‬ﻞ )ﻳﻌﻄ‪JJ‬ﻮﻫﻢ( ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪JJ‬ﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘ‪JJ‬ﻮﻝ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪JJ‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋ‪JJ‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻄـﻮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻀﻊ ﺑﻨﺴﺎﺕ( ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮﻻ‪):‬ﻟﻢ ﻳُﻌ َ‬

‫‪They were given only a few pence.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴ‪J‬ﺰﻱ ﺃﻧ‪J‬ﻪ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﺩﺭﺟ‪J‬ﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ‪ Adjectives‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻋﻨ‪J‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺘ‪J‬ﺮﺟﻢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻬ‪J‬ﻢ ﻳﺤﺼ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄ‪J‬ﺄ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ )ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻩ ﻳﻮﻣﻴ‪J‬ﺎ ﻣ‪J‬ﺮﺗﻴﻦ( ﻓﻨ‪J‬ﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘ‪J‬ﺪﺋﻴﻦ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺧﻄ‪JJ‬ﺄ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻌﺘﺒ‪JJ‬ﺮﻭﻥ )ﻣﺮﺿ‪JJ‬ﻰ( ﻫ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺟﻤ‪JJ‬ﻊ ﻛﻠﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ )ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺮﻳﺾ( ﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫ‪JJ‬ﺎ )‪ (sick‬ﺃﻭ )‪(ill‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻤﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﺄ‪:‬‬
‫‪The doctor receives his sicks twice daily.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (sick‬ﻫ‪J‬ﻲ ﺻ‪J‬ﻔﺔ ‪ adjective‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺠﻤ‪J‬ﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼ‪J‬ﻮﺩ ﺑﻜﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ )ﻣ‪J‬ﺮﻳﺾ( ﻫﻨ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻮ )ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ( ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ )ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ( ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪The doctor receives his patients twice daily.‬‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (patient‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ( ﻓﻬﻲ )ﺍﺳ‪J‬ﻢ ﻣﻮﺻ‪J‬ﻮﻑ( ﻭﻟﻴﺴ‪J‬ﺖ ﺻ‪J‬ﻔﺔ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺟ‪J‬ﺎﺯ ﺟﻤﻌﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻭﻳﻤﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼ‪J‬ﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ )ﻣﺮﺿ‪J‬ﻰ( ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻨ‪J‬ﺎ )‪ (sick people‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺿ‪J‬ﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻏﻴ‪J‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ )ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ‪ +‬ﺻﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣ‪J‬ﺜﻼ ﻧﻘ‪J‬ﻮﻝ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻨ‪J‬ﻲ ﺟﻌ‪J‬ﺖ ﻛﺜﻴ‪J‬ﺮﺍ( ﻓﻤ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄ‪J‬ﺄ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘ‪J‬ﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﺑﻔﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘ‪J‬ﻮﻝ ) ‪I hungered‬‬
‫‪ (greatly‬ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻬﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻬﻒ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ‪ +‬ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪I am hungry.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٣-‬‬
‫‪I was very hungry.‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪) :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻏﻀﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ( ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪I am angry with you now.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﺑ‪JJ‬ﻊ‪ :‬ﻗ ‪J‬ﺪ ﻳ‪JJ‬ﺄﺗﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺒ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺍﺳ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺼ‪JJ‬ﺪﺭ ﻣﻀ‪JJ‬ﺎﻓﺎ ﺇﻟ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻛﻠﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺃﻣ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪JJ‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﺷﺘﻘﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪) :‬ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﻜﺎﻓﺆ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎء(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻪ‪) :‬ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌﺔ(‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪They demand equal opportunities for women.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪They call for the equality of opportunities for women.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻁﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻳ‪J‬ﻮﻡ ﺣ‪J‬ﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺛ‪J‬ﻼﺙ ﺟﻤ‪J‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻷﻗ‪J‬ﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀ‪J‬ﻲ ﻣﻘ‪J‬ﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺑ‪J‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﻳﻪ ﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻬ‪J‬ﺬﺍ ﺗﻈﻬ‪J‬ﺮ ﺃﺧﻄ‪J‬ﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﻴﺘﻼﻓﺎﻫ‪J‬ﺎ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺴ‪J‬ﺐ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﻣﻌ‪J‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓ‪J‬ﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻴ‪J‬ﺪﺓ ﺗﺤﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺝ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﺟﻬ‪J‬ﺪ ﻭﻣﺜ‪J‬ﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨ‪J‬ﺰﻝ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻋﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻴ‪J‬ﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﻋﺼ‪J‬ﺮﻧﺎ ﻭﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻳﺘﻘﻨﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺳ‪J‬ﻴﻼﻗﻲ ﻭﻅ‪J‬ﺎﺋﻒ ﻋﺪﻳ‪J‬ﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻛﻴﺎ ﻭﻣﺘﻔﻮﻗﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓﺴ‪J‬ﻴﻼﻗﻲ ﺭﻏ‪J‬ﻢ ﺫﻟ‪J‬ﻚ ﻣﺼ‪J‬ﺎﻋﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮﺓ ﻋﻨ‪JJ‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸ‪JJ‬ﻐﻞ ﻭﻅﻴﻔ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻣﺘ‪JJ‬ﺮﺟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳ‪JJ‬ﺎﺭ ﺣﺴ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻ‪JJ‬ﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻧ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻭﻻﺷ‪JJ‬ﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺒﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻛﺜﻴ‪J‬ﺮﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪J‬ﺔ ﻛ‪J‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﺣ‪J‬ﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺗﻨﻮﻳ‪J‬ﻊ ﺗ‪J‬ﺮﺟﻤﺘﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﺭﺟ‪J‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﻣﻤﺘﻌﺎ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺟﻤﻼ ﺃﺧ‪J‬ﺮﻯ ﺗﺸ‪J‬ﺒﻪ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﺣ‪J‬ﺪ ﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘ‪JJ‬ﺎﺏ ﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳ‪JJ‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﻤ‪JJ‬ﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻳﺮﺟ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﺇﻋﻄ‪JJ‬ﺎء ﺍﻟﻄ‪JJ‬ﻼﺏ ﻣﺰﻳ‪JJ‬ﺪﺍ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻤ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺼ‪JJ‬ﺤﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳ‪JJ‬ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ‪.‬ﻭﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﳛﻴﻰ ﺃﺑﻮﺭﻳﺸﺔ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﻤـــﺎﻥ ‪١٩٩٨‬‬

‫‪-٤-‬‬
 ‫ﲨﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ )ﺃ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺘﲔ‬
‫أﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﻌﺖ )ﺍﻵﻥ( ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻊ(‬

‫‪I am hungry.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺟﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ )ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﺋﻌﺎ(‬

‫‪I was hungry yesterday.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻏﻀﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ )ﺍﻵﻥ(‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﻏﺎﺿﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ(‬

‫‪I am angry with you.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻏﻀﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺃﻣﺲ‪ .‬ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ )ﻛﻨﺖ ﻏﺎﺿﺒﺎ…(‬

‫‪I was angry with you.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ )ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ(‬

‫‪I was ill (sick, indisposed…..) last week.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ )ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ(‬

‫‪I have been ill all this week.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫‪I was ill during the last week.‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫‪I passed my examinations last year.‬‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﻧﺠﺤﺖ )ﻟﻢ ﺃﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ(‬

‫‪I have passed.‬‬
‫‪I have passed my examinations.‬‬
‫‪ -١٠‬ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪I was successful in my business last year.‬‬

‫‪ -١١‬ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ )ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ(‬

‫‪I have always been successful in my business.‬‬

‫‪-٥-‬‬
 (‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ )ﺍﻵﻥ‬-١٢
I am ill.
I feel ill.

(‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻏﺜﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﺗﻲ )ﺍﻧﻘﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﺗﻲ‬

I feel sick.
I feel sick. ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻏﺜﻴﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﺗﻲ ﻭﺃﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬
Travel sickness ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ( ﻫﻮ‬
Sea sickness ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ( ﻫﻮ‬
Air sickness ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ )ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ( ﻫﻮ‬
Home sickness ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
I am sick of you. ‫ﻣﻠﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﻗﺮﻓﺖ‬

(‫ ﺣﻨﻨﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻦ )ﺍﻵﻥ‬-١٤

I am homesick.

(‫ ﻣﻀﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻦ )ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ‬-١٥

I have been quite homesick for the last few days.
I have been quite homesick these days.
I have been quite homesick lately.

(‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻗﺤﺖَ )ﺍﻵﻥ‬-١٦

You are rude.

(‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻗﺤﺖَ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ )ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‬-١٧

You have been so rude to me.
You have been quite rude to me.
You have been very rude to me.

(‫ ﺃﺻﺒﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ )ﺍﻵﻥ‬-١٨

I am seasick.
I have seasickness.
I have the seasickness.

(‫ ﺃﺻﺒﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎء )ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺭﻛﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬-١٩

I have space sickness.

‫ ﺃﺻﺒﺖ ﺑﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎء )ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ( ﺍﻵﻥ‬-٢٠

I have the space illness (sickness).

-٦-
 ‫‪ -٢١‬ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻳﺆﻟﻤﻨﻲ )ﻣﻌﻲ ﻭﺟﻊ ﺭﺃﺱ(‬
‫‪I have a headache.‬‬
‫‪My head aches.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٢‬ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻳﺆﻟﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ‬

‫‪I have a terrible headache.‬‬
‫‪My head aches terribly.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٣‬ﻣﻌﺪﺗﻲ ﺗﺆﻟﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪I have a stomachache.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٤‬ﻣﻌﺪﺗﻲ ﺗﺆﻟﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ‬

‫‪I have a terrible stomachache.‬‬

‫‪-٢٥‬ﺿﺮﺳﻲ ﻳﺆﻟﻤﻨﻲ )ﻣﻌﻲ ﻭﺟﻊ ﺿﺮﺱ(‬

‫‪I have a toothache.‬‬

‫)ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ( ﻳﺰﻋﺠﻨﻲ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺱ‬

‫‪A toothache troubles me.‬‬
‫‪A toothache terribly troubles me.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺰﻋﺠﻨﻲ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺱ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ‬

‫‪ -٢٦‬ﺗﻌﺒﺖ )ﺍﻵﻥ( ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ )ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺐ(‬

‫‪I am tired.‬‬
‫‪I have been tired.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٧‬ﺗﻌﺒﺖ )ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ(‬
‫‪I have become tired.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺒﺖ )ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻣﺘﻌﺒﺎ(‬
‫‪I was tired yesterday‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‬

‫‪ -٢٨‬ﺗﻮﻓﻲ )ﻣﺎﺕ( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﻰ( ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺖ‬

‫‪He is dead.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٩‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‬

‫‪He was dead yesterday.‬‬
‫)ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ(‬

‫‪ -٣٠‬ﺗﻮﻓﻲ )ﻣﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ(‬

‫‪He died yesterday.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ = ‪The deceased‬‬

‫‪-٧-‬‬
 ‫ ﻅﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻴﺖ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‬-٣١
He has been dead all these years.

(‫ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻓﻼﻥ؟‬:‫ ﻣﺎﺕ )ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ‬-٣

He is dead.

‫ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ‬-٣٣
He is already dead.

‫ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬-٣٤

He still lives.
He is still alive.
("‫ "ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺭﻣﻖ‬،‫ ﻫﻨﺎ‬،‫)ﺃﻭ‬
He is still quick.
He is still quick and alive.
‫ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﺪﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬
He is still well and about.

‫ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬:‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ )ﺍﻵﻥ( ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ‬-٣٥

I am sorry for you.
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻚ‬-٣٦
I was sorry for you yesterday.
I was sorry for what happened to you.
Yesterday I was sorry………………

‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻁﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﻱ‬-٣٧

I have been sorry for him all my life.

‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻄﺔ‬-٣٨

I am (was, or have been) sorry for this mistake.
About this mistake, I am very sorry.
.‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻄﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﺁﺳﻒ ﺟﺪﺍ‬

(‫ ﺣﻠﻘﺖ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻼﻕ )ﺃﻱ ﻗﺺ ﺷﻌﺮ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ‬-٣٩

I had my haircut at the barber’s.
I had a haircut at the barber’s.
I had a haircut.
I had (made) the barber cut my hair.

-٨-
 (‫ ﻛﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻲ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍء ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬-٤٠
I had my clothes ironed (pressed).
I had my clothes ironed at the dry-cleaner’s.

(‫ ﻏﺴﻠﺖ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﻲ ﻭﻛﻮﻳﺘﻪ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍء‬-٤١

I had my shirt dry-cleaned.

‫ ﻛﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﻴﺺ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬-٤٢

I ironed the shirt myself.
I ironed the shirt by myself.

(‫ ﺃﺻﻠﺤﺖ ﺣﺬﺍﺋﻲ )ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﻓﻲ‬-٤٣

I had my shoes cobbled (mended).

(‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬،‫ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﺯﻭﺝ ﺃﺣﺬﻳﺔ ﻟﻲ )ﺣﺬﺍء‬-٤٤

I had a pair of shoes made for me.
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﺖ )ﺫﻗﻨﻲ( ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‬-٤٥
I shaved my face yesterday.

‫ ﺣﻠﻘﺖ ﻟﺤﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‬-٤٦

I shaved my beard yesterday.

(‫ﻗﺼﺼﺖ ﻟﺤﻴﺘﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺼﺮﺗﻬﺎ )ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬

I have cut my beard.

‫ ﺣﻠﻘﺖ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ( ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‬-٤٧

I shaved my head yesterday.

:‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻠﻖ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﻼﻕ ﺫﻗﻨﻚ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‬

I had my face shaved for me yesterday.
I got my face shaved for me yesterday.
I had (got) somebody shave my head for me.

(‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻁﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻠﻖ ﻟﻚ ﺭﺃﺳﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮ‬

(‫ ﻁﺒﺨﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻁﻌﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﺬﺍ )ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬-٤٨

I cooked a delicious food for you.
I cooked you some delicious food.

-٩-
 ‫‪ -٤٩‬ﻁﺒﺨﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻁﻌﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﺬﻳﺬﺍ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻄﺒﺨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺒﺨﻪ ﻟﻜﻢ(‬
‫‪I had (got) a delicious food cooked for you.‬‬
‫‪I had some delicious food cooked for you.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٠‬ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻪ )ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫‪I did it.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻪ )ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻏﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ(‬
‫‪I had it done.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻚ )ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻏﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ(‬
‫‪I had it done for you.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﻠﺼﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠ‪J‬ﻪ ﻓﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﻣﻤﺎﺛ‪J‬ﻞ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻨ‪J‬ﺎ ﻧﻠﺠ‪J‬ﺄ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﺃﺳ‪J‬ﺎﻟﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪I was angry.‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ‪ +‬ﺻﻔﺔ‬
‫‪I have a toothache.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ ‪ +‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻭﻧﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻ‪J‬ﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﺣﺴ‪J‬ﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿ‪J‬ﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻀ‪J‬ﺎﺭﻉ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﺣﺴ‪J‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﻜ‪J‬ﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻰ )ﺟ‪J‬ﺎﻉ( ﻟﻠﻄﻌ‪J‬ﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ )ﻋﻄ‪J‬ﺶ( ﻟﻠﺸ‪J‬ﺮﺍﺏ ﻟ‪J‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘ‪J‬ﻮﻝ ﺃﻧ‪J‬ﺎ ﺟ‪J‬ﺎﺋﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﺟﺎﺋﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻄﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻋﻄﺸﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪J‬ﻞ )‪ (to hunger‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸ‪J‬ﺘﻖ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ )‪ Hunger‬ﺍﻟﺠ‪J‬ﻮﻉ(‬
‫ﻭﻛ‪JJ‬ﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻌ‪JJ‬ﻞ )‪ ( to thirst‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸ‪JJ‬ﺘﻖ ﻣ‪JJJ‬ﻦ )‪ (Thirst‬ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻄ‪JJ‬ﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪JJJ‬ﻼ ﻳﺴ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﻟﻸﺷ‪JJJ‬ﻴﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻮﺳﺔ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻸﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻗﺖ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫‪I hungered to see her.‬‬
‫‪I hungered for seeing her.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻬﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫‪I thirsted for those old days.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺣﻨﻨﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪I longed (yearned)……….‬‬
‫‪I thirsted after her.‬‬
‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻌﻞ )ﻧﺠﺢ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪To succeed‬‬

‫‪-١٠-‬‬
‫‪-I have succeeded in convincing him.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻨﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ )ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪I have been successful in my work.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ )ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﻭﺳﻲ(‬
‫‪I have been successful in my examinations.‬‬
‫‪I have passed my examinations.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻗﺼﺪﺕ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﻘﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﺼﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫)‪ (to pass‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﻤﺮ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻋﺠ‪JJJ‬ﺐ ﻟﻜﺜﻴ‪JJJ‬ﺮﻳﻦ ﻣ‪JJJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴ‪JJJ‬ﺬ ﺍﻟ‪JJJ‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴ‪JJJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻤ‪JJJ‬ﺔ )‪– (success‬ﻧﺠ‪JJJ‬ﺎﺡ‪ -‬ﺑ‪JJJ‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪JJJ‬ﻦ ﻛﻠﻤ‪JJJ‬ﺔ‬
‫)‪ (succeed‬ﻳﻨﺠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪* I have hungered all day.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪I have been hungry all day.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﻨﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ ﺧﺎﻁﺌﺎ ﻳﻜﺜﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬

‫‪He is died.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪He is dead.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ )ﻫﻮ ﻣﻴﺖ( ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ‪) :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗ‪J‬ﺪ ﻣ‪J‬ﺎﺕ( ﻭﻫﻨ‪J‬ﺎ )‪ (is‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (died‬ﻛﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪He died yesterday.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ )‪ (died‬ﻛﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ )‪ (have‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (has‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (had‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪He has died of a heart attack.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻧﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (of‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺑﺴﺒﺐ( ﺃﻭ )ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟـ ( ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻗﻠﻨ‪J‬ﺎ )‪ (has died‬ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﻧﻘ‪J‬ﻞ )‪ (died‬ﻷﻧﻨ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻧﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻟﻘﻠﻨﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫‪He died of a heart-attack last week.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻭﻳﻼﺣ‪JJ‬ﻆ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻓﻌ‪JJ‬ﻞ )‪ (is dying‬ﺃﻭ )‪ .…… (am dying‬ﺍﻟ‪JJ‬ﺦ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺑ‪JJ‬ـ )‪(-ing‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ )‪ (i‬ﺇﻟﻰ )‪ (y‬ﻭﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟـ )‪ (e‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ )‪ (dying‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ )‪.(dieing‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪J‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺳ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ )‪ (to die‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (dying‬ﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﻓﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻰ ﻋﻴّ‪J‬ـﺮ ﻣﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤ‪J‬ﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍء‪:‬‬
‫‪I am dying for a kiss.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤ‪JJ‬ﻮﺕ ﻫﻨ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺃﻳﻀ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸ‪JJ‬ﻮﻕ‬

‫‪-١١-‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻬﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ )‪ (to hunger‬ﻭ )‪ (to thirst‬ﺍﻵﻧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺃﻳﻀ‪JJ‬ﺎ‪) :‬ﺃﺗﺤ‪JJ‬ﺮﻕ ﺇﻟ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻗﺒﻠ‪JJ‬ﺔ( ﺃﻭ )ﺇﻧﻨ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﻣﺘﻠﻬ‪JJ‬ﻒ ﺇﻟ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻗﺒﻠ‪JJ‬ﺔ( ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺃﺧ‪JJ‬ﺮﻯ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴ‪J‬ﺐ )‪ (He is dying now‬ﻻ ﺗﺘ‪J‬ﺮﺟﻢ )ﻫ‪J‬ﻮ ﻳﻤ‪J‬ﻮﺕ ﺍﻵﻥ( ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺼ‪J‬ﻮﺍﺏ ﻫ‪J‬ﻮ‪) :‬ﺇﻧ‪J‬ﻪ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨ‪J‬ﺰﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮ( ﺃﻭ )ﻳﻌ‪JJ‬ﺎﻟﺞ ﺳ‪JJ‬ﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤ‪JJ‬ﻮﺕ( ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ )ﻳﻨ‪JJ‬ﺎﺯﻉ( ﻭﻛﺎﻧ‪JJ‬ﺖ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼ‪JJ‬ﺤﻰ )ﻳﻨ‪JJ‬ﺎﺯﻉ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳ‪JJ‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺷﻌﺮ ﻷﺑﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻳﺮﺛﻲ ﻭﻟﺪﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺭﺩ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳﻪ ﻛﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺻﻔﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﻳﺢ ﻟﻠﻐﺻﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ )ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﻒ( ﻋﺒّﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺰﺍﻉ ﻷﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻼﻥ‪ :‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠ‪J‬ﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴ‪J‬ﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫***************‬

‫‪-١٢-‬‬
 ‫ﲨﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ )ﺏ(‬
‫ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴ‪J‬ﺐ ﻛﻠﻴ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻟﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻟﻚ‬

‫‪This pen is mine, and this pen is yours.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪This pen is for me, and this pen is for you.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻠﻤﻚ‬
‫‪This is my pen, but that is yours.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻫﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ؟ – ﺃﺟﻞ )ـ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ(‬

‫‪Is that (this) true? --- Yes, it is.‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ؟ – ﻧﻌﻢ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ‬

‫‪Are you Ahmed? --- Yes, I am.‬‬

‫ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎء ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (Yes‬ﺃﻭ )‪ (No‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻭﺫﻭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ؟ ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺣﺒﻚ )ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺂﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻉ(‬
‫‪Do you know something? I like you.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء‬

‫‪It would be better if I mentioned everything to you.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫!‪It is good to mention all to you‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻫﻞ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ؟‬

‫ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ )ﻫﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻠﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ؟(‬
‫?‪Have you already dealt in politics‬‬
‫?‪Have you already worked in politics‬‬
‫?‪Have you ever dabbled with politics‬‬
‫?‪Have you ever been involved in politics‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺸﻲء‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺣﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪Between us, I love her.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻄﻠﻊ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪I shall tell you a secret: I love her.‬‬

‫‪-١٣-‬‬
 ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬-٩
O, what a beautiful girl she is!
O, what a beautiful lady!
(‫" ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬beauty" ‫ )ﺣﻴﺚ‬:‫ﺃﻭ‬
O, what a beauty!

"‫ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ "ﻛﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬-١٠

How beautiful she is!
‫ ﻟﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻚ‬-١١
Let thy kingdom come!
Thy kingdom come! :‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬

‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬،‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬-١٢

Let it be! Let it be so!
Le the matter (it) be whatever it will be!
:‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ )ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬
Whatever will be, will be!
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ( ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‬
Que sera, sera
(‫ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻢ )ﻟﻴﻜﻦ‬
Let it be what it may be!
Let it be whatever it may be.
‫( ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻗﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‬be) ‫( ﻭ‬may) ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻲ‬

.‫ ﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺃﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻟﻲ‬-١٣

Take the blue book and keep the red one for me.

.‫ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ )ﺳﺎﻣﻲ( ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ )ﺍﻵﺧﺮ( ﻋﺪﻭﻱ‬-١٤
The first one I knew was Sami, and the second one was Ahmed. The
former is my friend, while the latter is my enemy.

.(‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ )ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ‬.‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‬-١٥
There has been an accident. Someone must call a doctor.

.‫ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬-١٦

I know nothing about this matter (subject).
I do not know anything about this subject (matter).
(‫ ﺇﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺴﻮﻻ‬:‫ )ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ‬.‫ ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻞ‬-١٧

-١٤-
 Beware of being lazy!
Beware of laziness.
‫ ﺇﺣﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻞ‬:‫ﺃﻭ‬

‫ ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﻧﻌﺒﺪ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬-١٨

-It is thee do we worship
And thee do we pray for help!
(or: And to thee do we turn for help!)
-It is you whom we worship
And you that we pray for help!

‫ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‬-١٩
Betake to yourself!
Take care only of yourself!
Keep to yourself.
.‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ‬
Don’t interfere!
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ‬
Don’t interfere
:‫ﺃﻭ‬
Mind your own business.
.‫ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺑﺸﻐﻠﻚ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‬:‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻓﻲ ﻫﻮ‬

I am sad today. ‫ ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬-٢٠

I feel sad today. ‫ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
I feel dejected today ‫ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﻣﻐﻤﻮﻡ‬
I am out of humor today. ‫ ﺍﻟﺦ‬..…
I feel disconsolate today. ‫ﺃﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
I feel depressed today. ‫ﺃﺷﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
I feel cast down in spirits today.
I feel downcast today (also, down-hearted, etc.)
I feel low in spirits today

.‫ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﺫﺍﺑﻠﺔ )ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻛﺴﻴﺮ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﺠﻔﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻬﺪﻟﺔ‬-٢١

She looked at me with downcast eyes.
:‫( ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ‬downcast) ‫ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‬
.‫ ﺣﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ‬-١
.‫ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺧﺠﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻻﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺰﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺫﻻ‬-٢
The sky is overcast. (‫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﻐﻴﻤﺔ )ﻣﻜﻔﻬﺮﺓ‬-٢٢

-١٥-
 It is cloudy.
It is over-clouded.
It is raining. ‫ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﻤﻄﺮﺓ )ﺍﻵﻥ( ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ‬-٢٣
It is snowing. (‫ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻣﺜﻠﺠﺔ )ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ‬-٢٤
It is foggy. (‫ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺿﺒﺎﺏ )ﻟﻘﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﺎﺏ‬-٢٥
It is dark now. .‫ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ‬.‫ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻅﻼﻡ‬-٢٦
I am in earnest. ‫ ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺟﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‬-٢٧

(‫( = "ﺟﺎﺩ" ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ )ﺍﻟﺠﺪ‬earnest) ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬

(‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﺰﻻ )ﺃﻱ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﺎ‬-٢٨

He said it in jest.
He said it jokingly.
.‫ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻐﻔﻼ‬.‫ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺃﺣﻤﻖ‬-٢٩
Don’t play the fool!
Don’t be a fool!
Don’t be foolish.

‫ ﺳﺄﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻛﻄﺒﻴﺐ‬-٣٠

I’ll play the doctor with you!
I’ll behave with you as a doctor.

.‫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻮ‬-٣١

He is sportive.
He likes (loves) amusement.

He is playful. (‫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺚ )ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ‬-٣٢

She is a playful girl. ‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺎﺓ ﻟﻌﻮﺏ‬

.‫ ﺍﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬-٣٣
I played a trick on him.
I tricked him.
.‫ ﺍﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬-٣٤
I tricked him into going there.

(‫ ﻋﺰﻓﺖ )ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬-٣٥

I played some music.
‫ ﻋﺰﻓﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻥ‬-٣٦
I played on the violin.

-١٦-
 ‫ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ‬-٣٧
You have to boost his morale.
You should try to elevate his mood!

We are on holiday. (‫ ﻋﻄﻠﻨﺎ )ﻧﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻄﻠﺔ‬-٣٨

.‫ ﻧﻌﻄﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ‬-٣٩

We take our holiday (holidays) next week.
Next week, we will be on holiday.
‫ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ؟‬-٤٠
What is the sum?

(‫ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻋﻔﻮ ﻋﺎﻡ )ﺃﻋﻠﻦ‬-٤١

A general amnesty was proclaimed.
A general amnesty has been proclaimed!

What a fool am I! ‫ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻏﺒﺎﻧﻲ‬-٤٢

What a fool I am!

You had better be silent. .‫ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻜﺖ‬-٤٣

You had better stop talking!

Be silent! Stop talking! .‫ ﺍﺳﻜﺖ‬-٤٤

Shut up! .‫ ﺍﺧﺮﺱ‬-٤٥

Will you shut up, please?

(‫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺭﺧﻴﺺ )ﺳﻌﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬-٤٦

It is cheap.
It is low-priced.
It’s a low price. (‫)ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺳﻌﺮﻩ ﺭﺧﻴﺺ‬
It has a low price. (‫)ﺳﻌﺮﻩ ﺭﺧﻴﺺ‬

It has a high price. .‫ ﺳﻌﺮﻩ ﻏﺎﻝ‬-٤٧

It is quite dear. .ً‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻏﺎ ٍﻝ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
It is very dear.
(‫( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﻋﺰﻳﺰ( ﻭﺃﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ )ﻋﺰﻳﺰ( ﻫﻮ )ﻏﺎ ٍﻝ( ﻭ )ﻧﺎﺩﺭ‬dear)
It costs too much. :‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬

-١٧-
 It is quite expensive. ‫ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ‬

.(‫ ﻳﻌﺰ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻁﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻪ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ‬-٤٨

It is so difficult for me to ask this of him.

.‫( ﻫﻨﺎ‬from him) ‫ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬

It would be so difficult for me to ask this of him.

.‫ ﻳﻨﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬-٤٩

It is so difficult to find one like him these days.
Someone like him is rare nowadays.
It would be so difficult to find one like him nowadays.

.(‫ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺡ )ﺃﻱ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺡ‬-٥٠

He is inclined to merriment.
He is almost always merry.

He is inclined to seriousness. .‫ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪ‬-٥١

He is almost always serious.
He is inclined to earnestness.
He is almost always earnest!

.‫ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺠﺪ‬-٥٢

He takes (receives) everything in earnest.
He takes (receives) all earnestly.
He takes (receives) all in earnest.

What is that to you? ‫ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟‬-٥٣

What is it to you?

(‫ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ )ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻧﻊ؟‬-٥٤

What is it to you if I give him the book?
What is it to you if I gave him the book?

.‫( ﺛﻢ ﺳﻬﻠﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬what would it be to you) :‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬

Away! .‫ ﻫﻴﺎ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﻑ‬.‫ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻋﻨﻲ‬-٥٥

Go away!
Away with you!

-١٨-
 Begone!
Be gone (begone) with you!

.(‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ )ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻓﻘﺪ‬-٥٦

As for the food, it is all gone.

.(‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﻳﻦ )ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬-٥٧
As for Ahmed, he is much better than others.
:‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ‬.(‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ )ﻛﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
………., he is much better than the others.

I will quarrel with him. .‫ ﺳﺄﺧﺎﺻﻤﻪ‬-٥٨

I will debate with him. .‫ ﺳﺄﺟﺎﺩﻟﻪ‬-٥٩
I will debate the matter with him. .‫ﺳﺄﺟﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

.‫ ﺳﺄﺑﺎﺣﺜﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬-٦٠
I will talk the matter over with him!
I will talk it over with him!
I will discuss the matter with him.

**********

-١٩-
 ‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﳛﻞ ﳏﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫)‪(Defective Verbs‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ‬

‫‪I am to go now.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪He has to wake up early.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻆ )‪) (has‬ﻫﺲ( ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﻏﺪﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪I have to wake up early tomorrow.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ )‪ (have‬ﻭﻟﻔﻈﻬﺎ )ﻫﻒ ‪(haff‬‬

‫!‪He had to come‬‬ ‫‪ -٤‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ "‪ "had‬ﻭﻟﻔﻈﻬﺎ "ﻫﺖ ‪("hatt‬‬

‫‪He must be present tomorrow.‬‬ ‫‪ -٥‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﻏﺪﺍ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ(‬

‫‪He must come tomorrow.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻀﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪He had to come yesterday.‬‬
‫‪He had to be present yesterday.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻏﺪﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪He will have to be there tomorrow.‬‬
‫‪He has to be there tomorrow.‬‬

‫‪Here I am.‬‬ ‫‪ -٨‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ‪.‬‬

‫!‪Here am I‬‬ ‫)ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ(‬
‫!‪There they come‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎءﻭﺍ‬
‫!‪There they are‬‬
‫!‪Here they are‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻲ )!‪" (Here they are‬ﻫ‪J‬ﺎ ﻫ‪J‬ﻲ" )ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ‪J‬ﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻗ‪J‬ﻼﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﻀ‪J‬ﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺩﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻚ – ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ "ﻫﻲ" ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻔ‪J‬ﺮﺩ }ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﻛﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ{ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ‪(Here it is :‬‬
‫‪ -٩‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٢٠-‬‬
 It is all the same to me.
It makes no difference to me.

.‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮ ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬-١٠

It has been raining since morning.

.(‫ ﻣﺮﺿﺖ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ )ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‬-١١

I have been ill all the week.

(‫ ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ )ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺯﺍﻝ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ‬-١٢

I have been reading since morning.
I have been reading all morning.
‫ ﻫﻞ ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬-١٣
Shall I be responsible for that?
Would I be responsible for this?

‫ ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ؟‬-١٤

Have you got a reading book?
Do you have a reading book?

‫ ﻫﻞ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ؟‬-١٥

Will you be ready an hour later?
Will you be ready an hour from now?
Will you be ready after an hour?
Will you be ready an hour after that?
Will you be ready an hour from then?

.‫( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻥ‬from now) ‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬

.‫( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ( ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬from then) ‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
:‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺷﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻙ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‬
Would you be ready………….. etc?
‫ ﺃﻱ‬.‫ﺮﻯ‬J‫ﻭﺟﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧ‬
(..…‫)ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺪ‬

:(‫ ﺃﻋﻄﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻄﻒ‬-١٦
Give me the pen, please!
Will you give me the pen, please?
Would you give me the pen, please?
Could you give me the pen, please?

-٢١-
 ‫?‪Would you kindly give me the pen, please‬‬
‫?‪Could you kindly give me the pen, please‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﺗﻜﺮﻡ )ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ( ﻭﺃﻋﻄﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫?‪May I go? Can I go‬‬ ‫‪ -١٧‬ﻫﻞ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ؟‬

‫)‪Yes, you may (can‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻤﺢ )ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ(‬
‫‪Yes, you may go.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻵﻥ )ﻫﻞ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ؟(‬
‫?‪Could I go now‬‬

‫‪ -١٨‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻔﻜﺮﻙ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ‪.‬‬

‫‪You may think that I am ill.‬‬
‫‪You might think that I am ill.‬‬ ‫)ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ(‬
‫‪ -١٩‬ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ(‪:‬‬
‫!‪You may do this‬‬
‫‪You might do this as well.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺘﻚ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ )ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ‪.‬‬
‫!‪You might do this‬‬
‫!‪You can do this‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ‬
‫!‪You might as well close the door‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ )ﺗﻌﻨﻴﻒ(‬

‫‪I will not be present.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٠‬ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ‬

‫‪I won’t be present.‬‬ ‫)ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ(‬
‫‪ -٢١‬ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ )ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻑ(‬
‫‪I would be present.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٢‬ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ‬
‫!‪I wouldn’t be present‬‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ( ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﺤﺬﻭﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪I wouldn’t be present if he came.‬‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻀﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٣‬ﺳﺄﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪I shall give you the book.‬‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ(‬
‫‪I will give you the book.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺪﻙ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺋﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫‪I will punish him.‬‬ ‫‪ -٢٤‬ﺳﺄﻋﺎﻗﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (will‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ )‪ (shall‬ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺳﻮﺍء ﻟﻠﻮﻋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٢٢-‬‬
 He may be there. (‫ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ )ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﻞ‬-٢٥
He might be there! (‫)ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
.‫( ﻛﻠﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬may be) ‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ‬

He may come! .‫ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺟﺎء‬-٢٦

He might come!
Maybe he will come!
(‫( ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬maybe) ‫ﻫﻨﺎ‬

.‫ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻏﺪﺍ‬-٢٧

He has to be there tomorrow.
He must be there tomorrow.
He will have to be there tomorrow.
‫ﻰ‬J‫ﻪ ﺇﻟ‬J‫ﻲ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠ‬J‫( ﻭﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿ‬will have)‫( ﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬must) ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
:‫ ﻣﺜـﺎﻝ‬.(had to)
.‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺲ‬
He had to be there yesterday.

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈــﺔ‬

must, will, shall, may, might, can, could, would, ) :‫ﺎﻝ‬J‫ﺔ ﺃﻣﺜ‬JJ‫ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼ‬J‫ﺍﻷﻓﻌ‬
‫ﺎ ﻻ‬J‫ﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‬J‫ﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤ‬J‫ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼ‬J‫ﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‬J‫ ﻭﻛ‬،‫ﺐ‬J‫ﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋ‬J‫ﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔ‬J‫( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀ‬-s) ‫( ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ‬should
:‫ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘــﺐ‬.(-s) ‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬
He must goes. 6
He musts go. 6
He musts goes. 6
.(has) ‫( ﻓﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ‬have) ‫ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‬.‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺷﻨﻴﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‬

.‫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‬-٢٨

He does not have to go. (or: He doesn't have to go.)
He has not to go.
He hasn’t got to go.
:(has) ‫( ﺃﻭ‬have) ‫ﻗﺪ ﻧﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﻌﻞ‬
I’ve got to be going. ‫ﺁﻥ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻫــﺐ‬
He’s got to be going. ‫ﺁﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫــﺐ‬
He has got to….. etc. :‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬
Am I responsible for that? ‫ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ؟‬-٢٩

-٢٣-
 ‫‪ -٣٠‬ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ )ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ(‬
‫?‪Am I not responsible for that‬‬
‫?‪Aren’t I responsible for that‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﺫﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪ (Amn’t I….) :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣١‬ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ؟‬

‫?‪Aren’t you responsible for what happened‬‬
‫?‪Aren’t you responsible for what has happened‬‬

‫‪ -٣٢‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﺮﺃﻳﺘﻪ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ( ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﺮﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﺠﺒﺎ‪.‬‬
‫!‪You should be there to see him‬‬
‫ﻧﺴ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ‪JJ‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸ‪JJ‬ﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼ‪JJ‬ﻮﺩ ﻳﻘ‪JJ‬ﻮﻡ ﺑﺄﻋﻤ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﻳﺒ‪JJ‬ﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻀ‪JJ‬ﺤﻜﺔ ﻣﺴ‪JJ‬ﺘﺤﺒﺔ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﺫﻫ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﻭﺍﻧﻈ‪JJ‬ﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ(‬

‫‪ -٣٣‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ )ﺃﻱ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ(‬

‫!‪You must be ill‬‬

‫‪ -٣٤‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﻐﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﻐﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪You must be a fool.‬‬

‫‪You had better go.‬‬ ‫‪ -٣٥‬ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٦‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‪) .‬ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ(‬

‫‪You ought to go.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٧‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ )ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺠﺮ(؟‬

‫?‪Ought I to tell you this all the time‬‬
‫?‪Must I tell you this all the time‬‬
‫?‪Do I have to tell you this all the time‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻀﺠﺮ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫?‪Should I tell you this or not‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟ ﺃﻭ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟‬

‫‪ -٣٨‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻙ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ )ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ(‬

‫?‪Your being there is a great help‬‬
‫‪ -٣٩‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٢٤-‬‬
 Being there, I helped him.

:‫ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‬

Being there, I helped him. .‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ‬

(‫ﺎ‬JJ‫ ﺃﻱ )ﺃﻧ‬.(I) ‫ـ‬J‫ﻖ ﺑ‬JJ‫ﺮﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺘﻌﻠ‬J‫ﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ‬J‫ﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻠﻮﻫ‬JJ‫ﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟ‬J‫ﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀ‬JJ‫ﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﺳ‬J‫( ﺗﺘﻌﻠ‬Being) ‫ﺔ‬J‫ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤ‬
.(‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ )ﻛﻨﺖ( ﻭﻟﻴﺲ )ﻫﻮ‬

:‫ )ﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ( ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‬:‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻢ‬

When he was there, I helped him.
Being there, he received my help. :‫ﺃﻭ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﺦ‬.… (going there) ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬nominative absolute ‫ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟـ‬

On my going there. ‫ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
On my being there.
When I was there.
When I went there.

‫ ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻒ؟‬-٤٠

May I help you to put your overcoat on?

Would you say he is right? ‫ ﻫﻞ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ؟‬-٤١

Do you think he is right? ‫( ﺟﻮﺍﺯﺍ‬that) ‫ﺣﺬﻓﺖ‬

.‫ ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ‬-٤٢

Could you call me up by telephone?
Could you call me up?
I hope you will call me up!
Will you ring me up?

‫ ﻫﻞ ﺗﺘﻜﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺎ؟‬-٤٣

Could you telephone to me?
Could you call me up?
Could you call me up by telephone?
Would you kindly call me up?
Will you kindly call me up?
etc…..

Get in touch, please. .‫ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ‬-٤٤

-٢٥-
 ‫‪Contact me, please.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻸﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪Keep in touch.‬‬ ‫‪ -٤٥‬ﺍﺑﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪Keep in contact.‬‬
‫‪Keep in touch with me.‬‬
‫‪Keep in contact with me.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٦‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺼﺎﻉ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ(‬

‫‪Everyone shall abide by this rule.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻘ‪J‬ﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨ‪J‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (must‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (will‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫)‪.(should‬‬

‫‪-٤٧‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳـﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌـﻞ ﺍﻟﻨــﺎﻗﺺ )‪ (defective verb‬ﻛﻔﻌـﻞ ﺗ‪J‬ـﺎﻡ ﺃﻱ ) ‪a verb of complete‬‬

‫‪ (predication‬ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬
‫‪God has willed this.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﷲ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫‪God wills this.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﷲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﷲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺸﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻮﺅﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪God willing, nothing bad will happen.‬‬
‫‪If God is willing, …..etc‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٤٨‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﺖﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺣﺖ )ﺃﻭ ﺳﺮﺭﺕ(‬

‫‪Having done this, I was happy.‬‬
‫‪Having done this, I was relieved.‬‬
‫‪After having done this, …..etc.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٤٩‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﺒﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫‪I was discouraged.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻄﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎﺗﻲ‬

‫ﺃﻱ )ﺛﺒﻄﺖ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺘﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﻫﻤﺘﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪I was asked to…..‬‬ ‫ﺳﺌﻠﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ…‬
‫ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣ‪JJ‬ﺪﺙ ﺫﻟ‪JJ‬ﻚ ﻱ ﺯﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺎﺽ ﻣﻌ‪JJ‬ﻴﻦ ﺃﻣ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣ‪JJ‬ﺪﺙ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﻴ‪JJ‬ﻴﻦ ﺯﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺣﺘ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪I have been discouraged by him.‬‬ ‫ﺛﺒّـﻂ ﻋﺰﻳﻤﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻁﻠﺐ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪) .‬ﺃﻭ‪ :‬ﻁﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ(‬
‫‪I have been asked to do this.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﺪﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ )ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ(‬
‫‪I shall be called upon to do my duty.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ )‪ (called upon‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﻈﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٢٦-‬‬
 ‫‪ -٥٠‬ﺷﺠﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺼﺤﻪ ﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪I was encouraged (to do so) by his advice.‬‬

‫‪ -٥١‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪/‬ﺃﻣﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪I was told to do this.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ )ﺃﻣﺮﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ(‬
‫‪Someone told me to do this.‬‬
‫‪I am finished.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺃﻭ‪) :‬ﺃﻓﻠﺴﺖ( ﺃﻭ‪) :‬ﻫ‪J‬ﺬﻩ ﻫ‪J‬ﻲ ﻧﻬ‪J‬ﺎﻳﺘﻲ(‪ .‬ﻓﺠﻤﻠ‪J‬ﺔ )ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻴ‪J‬ﺖ( ﻓﻌﻠﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﻠ‪J‬ﻮﻡ ﺃﻣ‪J‬ﺎ‪I am finished :‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺪ ﻭﻣﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٢‬ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﻼﺯﻡ ﺑ‪J‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌ‪J‬ﺪﻱ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬ‪J‬ﻮﻝ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﻫ‪J‬ﺬﺍ ﻏﻴ‪J‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺍ‪:‬‬
‫‪He is gone.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫!‪It is gone‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻘﺪ )ﺍﻟﺸﻲء(‬

‫ﺃﻭ‪) :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻪ( ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﻀ‪J‬ﺎ‪) :‬ﺫﻫ‪J‬ﺐ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻦ ﻳﺮﺟ‪J‬ﻊ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻰ ﺃﻧﻬ‪J‬ﻢ ﺧﻄﻔ‪J‬ﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗ‪J‬ﺪ ﺗﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻲ )ﻫ‪J‬ﻮ ﻟ‪J‬ﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ(‪:‬‬
‫!‪He is gone‬‬
‫‪ -٥٣‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ(‪:‬‬
‫!‪Gone with the wind‬‬ ‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫‪It is gone with the wind.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫!‪He is gone with the wind‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٥٤‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ :‬ﻗﺘﻞ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺟﺮﺡ ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ten killed and twenty injured.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪) :‬ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﻗﺘﻠﻰ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺤﺎ( ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٥‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺇﺿﺮﺍﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪There will be a strike in Italy.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٦‬ﻻ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺩﺍﻉ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ )ﺩﺍﻉ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻌﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ(‬
‫!‪There is no good reason for this‬‬
‫‪ -٥٧‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺷﺎﺳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫!‪Yet there is all the difference‬‬

‫‪-٢٧-‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٨‬ﻫﻞ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺮﻡ؟‬

‫?‪Did you go to London last year‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ )ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ(؟‬
‫?‪Have you ever been to London‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (gone‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ )‪ (been‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻭﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻷﻧﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺯﺭﺕ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ؟‬
‫?‪Have you ever been to London before‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫?‪Have you ever been in London before‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻨﺪﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ؟‬
‫ﻭﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫?‪Have you visited London before‬‬
‫?‪Have you visited London previously‬‬

‫‪ -٥٩‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺬﻭﻑ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ‪:‬‬

‫‪He’s here all the time.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‬

‫)‪(He is here‬‬
‫‪He’s done his best.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻌﻪ‬
‫)‪(He has done his best‬‬
‫‪He’d finished his work.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫)‪(He had finished his work‬‬
‫‪He’d go with you of you like.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ‬
‫)‪(He would go with you if you like‬‬
‫‪He won’t do it again.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ )ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ(‬
‫)!‪(He will not do it again‬‬
‫!‪He wouldn’t like that‬‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ‪ /‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﻌﺠﺒﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫)!‪(He would not like that‬‬

‫‪ -٦٠‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ )‪ (adverbs‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ )ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺒﺮﺍ…‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪J‬ﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ(‬
‫‪He is always busy.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
‫‪He must always try.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺮﺏ‬
‫‪He is always himself.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ )ﻫﻮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ(‬

‫‪-٢٨-‬‬
 ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪He has always asked me about this.‬‬
‫!‪I have often told you that‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﻟﻚ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺿﻔﻨﺎ )‪ (so‬ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪He has told me this so often.‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻐﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦١‬ﻣﻊ )‪ (neither‬ﻭ )‪ (nor‬ﻧﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪Neither is he rich nor poor.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﺍ‬

‫‪Neither is he rich, nor is he poor.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼ‪J‬ﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧ‪J‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴ‪J‬ﺪ ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴ‪J‬ﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺒﺘ‪J‬ﺪﺉ ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫!‪And must you go‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ‬
‫!‪You must go‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٦٢‬ﻟﻠﺪﻋﺎء ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‪:‬‬

‫!‪May God bless you‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺣﻤﻜﻢ ﷲ )ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻁﺲ(‬
‫!‪God bless you! / Bless you‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺨﺘﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺷ ّﻤﺖ ﻋﺎﻁﺴﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﺪﺍ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﻧﺸﻮ" ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ "!‪"Tissue‬‬
‫‪ -٦٣‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫!‪May you find happiness‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﻋﻮ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ‬
‫‪I wish you great happiness.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ "ﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ"‪:‬‬
‫‪You may find happiness there.‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻁﻔﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫!‪May all your children live‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻁﻔﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫!‪May all your children survive the fire‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ(‬

‫!‪May God forbid‬‬ ‫‪ -٦٤‬ﺃﻋﻮﺫ ﺑﺎ–‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻤﺢ ﷲ‬

‫!‪God forbid‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﻮء‬
‫!‪May he be victorious‬‬ ‫‪ -٦٥‬ﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻪ‬
‫!‪May he be granted victory‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫!‪May he be victorious‬‬

‫‪-٢٩-‬‬
 ‫‪ -٦٦‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﻎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻧﻌﻤﻪ‬
‫!‪May God confer His bounty (bounties) on you‬‬
‫!‪Long live the king‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫!‪May the king live long‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ "ﻋﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ"‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٦٧‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﺎﻫﻴﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ(‬

‫‪May God grant you good health and prosperity.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (may‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎء ﺑﻞ ﻧﺨﺘﺼﺮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺜـــﺎﻝ ﺫﻟـﻚ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﻤﻚ )ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ(‬
‫!‪Hallowed thy name‬‬
‫!‪Thy name be hallowed‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ )ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﻤﻚ( ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫!‪May thy name be hallowed‬‬
‫!‪Thy will be done‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ "ﻟﺘﻜﻦ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻚ"‬
‫!‪May thy will be done‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫!‪Let thy will be done‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬
‫!‪Thy kingdom come‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ "ﻟﻴﺄﺕ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻚ"‬
‫!‪Let thy kingdom come‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫!‪May thy kingdom come‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٦٨‬ﺃﻁﺎﻝ ﷲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫!‪May God grant the king long life‬‬
‫!‪May God grant the king long days‬‬
‫!‪Long live the king‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺘ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺗﻘ‪J‬ﺎﻻﻥ ﺃﺛﻨ‪J‬ﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺩﺛ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌ‪J‬ﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴ‪J‬ﺮﺓ ﻓﺘﻘ‪J‬ﺎﻝ ﻋﻨ‪J‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺘ‪J‬ﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﺪﺍء‪:‬‬
‫!‪Down with the traitors‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺘﺎﻑ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦٩‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﺩ )‪ (is‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ )‪ (It‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪It is always nice to be invited (to be invited is so nice).‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺩﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻲ‪) .‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺷﻲء ﺟﻤﻴﻞ(‬
‫‪It is quite wrong to suppose that he is ignorant.‬‬
‫)‪He is merely obstinate! (He is merely being obstinate.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺩﺡ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ )ﻧﻈﻦ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ‪ .‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﻴﺪ )ﺃﻭ‪ :‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﺪ(‬

‫‪-٣٠-‬‬
 ‫‪ -٧٠‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻫﺸﻨﻲ )ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺸﺔ( ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫!‪It was to my surprise that he never came back‬‬
‫!‪It was to my great surprise that he didn’t show up‬‬
‫!‪It was to my surprise that he never showed up‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ )!‪ (never showed up‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﻴﺔ "ﻟﻢ ﻳﺒﻴﻦ"‬

‫‪ -٧١‬ﻳﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ )‪ (have‬ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﺴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻲ(؟‬

‫?‪Have you some time to spare‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ (Have you got…) :‬ﺃﻭ‪.(Do you have…) :‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠ‪JJJ‬ﻰ ﺫﻛ‪JJJ‬ﺮ )‪ ،(some‬ﺗﺤ‪JJJ‬ﺪﺩ ﻛﺘ‪JJJ‬ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺤ‪JJJ‬ﻮ ﺃﻥ ‪ some‬ﻳﺠ‪JJJ‬ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴ‪JJJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓ‪JJJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤ‪JJJ‬ﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴ‪JJJ‬ﺔ‬
‫‪ positive‬ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ any‬ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳ‪J‬ﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫ‪J‬ﺬﺍ ﺻ‪J‬ﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪J‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤ‪J‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﻘـﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫!‪I don’t have any time to spare‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻱ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫?‪Do you have any time to spare‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﻟﻲ(؟‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ )‪ (any‬ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﺄﺭﺿﻰ ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫)‪ (some‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﺋﻠﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺐ ﺳﻴﻤﻨﺤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗ‪J‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻘــﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻓﺴﺤﺔ )ﻣﺰﻳﺪ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ(‬
‫?‪Do you have some time to spare‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻼﺣﻈﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸ‪J‬ﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﻴ‪J‬ﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ )‪ (some‬ﻫﻨ‪J‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻘﻬ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻋ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﺳ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﺑﻜﻠﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ )‪ (any‬ﺑﻮﺟ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻋ‪JJ‬ﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻤﻜ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻳ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﺃﻣﺜ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤ‪JJ‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎء ﺗﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )ﺃﻱ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )ﺗﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ(؟‬
‫?‪Do you have any time to spare‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )ﺃﻱ( ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ )‪ (some‬ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧٢‬ﻣﻌ‪JJ‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻌ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻗ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠ‪JJ‬ﻒ ﺗﺒﻌ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻟﻼﺳ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓ‪JJ‬ﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺜﻼ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺤ‪JJ‬ﻮ ﺗﺤ‪JJ‬ﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪I shall, We shall, You will, He will, She will, It will, They will.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠ‪J‬ﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﺳ‪J‬ﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﺳ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ )‪ (I will‬ﻣ‪J‬ﺜﻼ ﻳﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴ‪J‬ﺪ ﺇﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﻟﻮﻋ‪J‬ﺪ ﺃﻋ‪J‬ﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻬﺪﻳ‪J‬ﺪ ﺃﻫ‪J‬ﺪﺩ ﺑ‪J‬ﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺗﻐ‪J‬ﺰﻭ ﻟﻐ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘّ‪J‬ﺎﺏ ﺃﺻ‪J‬ﺒﺤﺖ ﺗﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (I will‬ﺑ‪J‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ )‪(I shall‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ‪ will‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .shall‬ﺇﻟﻴـﻚ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠـﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﻚ؟‬

‫‪-٣١-‬‬
 ‫?‪Shall I open the door for you‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻹﺫﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪) :‬ﻫ‪J‬ﻞ ﺳ‪J‬ﺄﻓﺘﺢ…‪..‬؟( ﺑ‪J‬ﻞ )ﻫ‪J‬ﻞ ﺃﻓ‪J‬ﺘﺢ؟( ﺃﻱ ﻫ‪J‬ﻞ ﺗﺴ‪J‬ﻤﺢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓ‪J‬ﺘﺢ ﻟ‪J‬ﻚ ﺍﻟﺒ‪J‬ﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻬ‪J‬ﻲ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻟﻴﺴ‪J‬ﺖ ﻟﻤﺠ‪J‬ﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﺳ‪J‬ﻴﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﻜﺴﺒﻴﺮ‪:‬‬
‫?‪Shall I compare thee to a summer day‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻚ ﺑﺄﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ؟‬

‫ﻭﺗﺮﺟﻤﻨﺎ "‪ "summer‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ "ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴـﻊ" ﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ "ﺍﻟﺼ‪J‬ﻴﻒ" ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼ‪J‬ﻴﻒ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺑ‪J‬ﻼﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻨﺎ ) ‪compare‬‬
‫‪ (thee‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ )ﻫﻞ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﻧ‪J‬ﻚ ﺑ‪J‬ـ؟( ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﻳﺠ‪J‬ﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻋ‪J‬ﻲ ﻅ‪J‬ﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ‪J‬ﺮﺟﻢ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﺑﻴﺮﻫ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺗﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻌ‪JJ‬ﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺤ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻘ‪JJ‬ﻮﻝ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ‪" :‬ﻫ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﻧ‪JJ‬ﻚ ﺑﻴ‪JJ‬ﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻔﻲ"‪ .‬ﺛ‪J‬ﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻨ‪J‬ﺎ )‪ (a summer day‬ﺑ‪J‬ـ "ﺃﻳ‪J‬ﺎﻡ" ﻭﻫ‪J‬ﻲ ﺟﻤ‪J‬ﻊ ﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﺃﻥ )‪ (day‬ﻣﻔ‪J‬ﺮﺩ ﻭﻳﻤﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻚ ﺑﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ؟‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺒﺄ ﻭﺭﺍء ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "shall‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻫﻮ‪" :‬ﺃﺗﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷﺒﻬﻚ ﺑﺄﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴﻊ؟"‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻓﻲ "‪ "Shall I compare‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﻀ‪J‬ﺎﺭﻉ‬
‫)ﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﻏﺒﻴﻦ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺷ‪J‬ﺒﻬﻚ ﺑﺄﻳ‪J‬ﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻴ‪J‬ﻊ؟" ﺭﻏ‪J‬ﻢ ﺍﺳ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ "‪ "shall‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻋ‪J‬ﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ(‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺫﻟ‪J‬ﻚ ﻛﻴ‪J‬ﻒ ﻳﻌﺒّ‪J‬ﺮ ﺃﺻ‪J‬ﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ )ﻛﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻫﻨ‪J‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟ‪J‬ﺪ ﺃﻣﺜﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﻛﺜﻴ‪J‬ﺮﺓ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧ‪J‬ﻮﻉ ﺁﺧ‪J‬ﺮ( ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﻣﻌ‪J‬ﺎﻧﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻜﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﻣﺜ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﺳ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ )…‪(Shall I‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻟﻘﻠﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫?‪Would you like me to compare thee to a summer day‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ ﺭﻏ‪J‬ﻢ ﺃﻧﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘ‪J‬ﻲ ﻟﺒﻴ‪J‬ﺖ ﺍﻟﺸ‪J‬ﻌﺮ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺣ‪J‬ﺎﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺼﺪﻙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤ‪J‬ﻞ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫************‬

‫‪-٣٢-‬‬
 ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺳﺄﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ )ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ(‬
‫‪I shall (will) give you the key if you give me the pen.‬‬
‫‪If you give me the pen, I will give you the key.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ( ‪ +‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ(‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ( ‪ +‬ﻣﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ )ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ(‬
‫ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻋﺪﻙ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﺳﺄﺳﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﺮﺿﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫)‪I’ll give you my word for it that if you lend me the money I shall (will‬‬
‫‪help you.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ )‪ :(if‬ﺳﺄﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻌﻚ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪Whenever you go, I’ll go with you.‬‬
‫)‪(if you go anywhere, I’ll go with you.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺳﺄﻋﺎﻗﺒﻚ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪I’ll punish you whatever you do.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺳﺘﻨﺠﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫!‪You will be successful however you do it‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺳﺄﺭﺍﻙ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪I will see you whenever you come.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺳﺘﻨﺠﺢ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﺑﺎ–‪.‬‬
‫‪You will succeed as long as you believe in God.‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﺳﺘﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺭﺗﻪ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ(‬
‫‪You will see him at home as often as you visit him.‬‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺗﺰﺭﻩ ﺗﺠﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ )ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ –ﺇﻥ‪ -‬ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻚ(‬
‫‪If you visited him (in the future), you would see him always at home.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺯﺭﺗ‪J‬ﻪ ﻓﺴ‪J‬ﺘﺠﺪﻩ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺑﻴﺘ‪J‬ﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪J‬ﻞ ﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﺫﻟ‪J‬ﻚ ﻳﻌﻨ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٠‬ﻟﻮ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻟﻤﻠﺌﺖ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺭﻋﺒﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪If you saw them (in the future), you would be frightened by them.‬‬

‫‪-٣٣-‬‬
 ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١١‬ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (were‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ )‪ (was‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣ‪J‬ﺮ ﻣﺴ‪J‬ﺘﺤﻴﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺻ‪J‬ﻌﺒﺎ ﺟ‪J‬ﺪﺍ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪If I were a king, I would give you much money.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﺎ ﻟﻮﻫﺒﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪JJ‬ﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺤ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿ‪JJ‬ﺮ ﻣﻤﺘﻨ‪JJ‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﺤ‪JJ‬ﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻳﻀ‪JJ‬ﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻵﻥ( ﻭﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳ‪JJ‬ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻟ‪JJ‬ـ )‪(were‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑـ )‪.(the subjunctive mood‬‬

‫‪ -١٣‬ﻟﻮ ﺟﻠﺴﺖ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ ﻟﺴﻤﻌﺖ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻵﻥ(‬

‫‪If you sat silent, you would hear a strange piece of news from me.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ )‪ (would‬ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ )‪ (will‬ﻣﻊ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٣‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ ﺗﻨﺠﺢ )ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪﺓ(‬

‫‪If you studied hard you would succeed.‬‬

‫‪ -١٤‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗ‪J‬ﺪ ﺃﺗﻴ‪J‬ﺖ ﻓ‪J‬ﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺗﻴ‪J‬ﺖ ﺃﻳﻀ‪J‬ﺎ )ﻫ‪J‬ﺬﺍ ﻳﺨ‪J‬ﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋ‪J‬ﺪﺓ ﻷﻧ‪J‬ﻪ ﺷ‪J‬ﺮﻁ ﺍﺳ‪J‬ﻤﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺷ‪J‬ﻜﻠﻲ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻁﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪If you came, I came too.‬‬
‫‪If you have passed, I have passed too.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٥‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﻐﻨﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪If you grew (were to grow) rich, I would like to grow rich, too.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )‪ (grow‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ )ﻳﺼﺒﺢ( ﻭﻟﻴﺲ )ﻳﻨﻤﻮ(‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺮﺿـﺖَ ﻓﺴﺄﺷﻘـﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪If you grew ill (in the future), I would be miserable.‬‬

‫‪ -١٦‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﻌﺒﺖ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ )ﻟﻴﺲ ﺷﺮﻁﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺎ(‬

‫‪If you have grown tired, I have grown tired, too.‬‬

‫‪ -١٧‬ﻟﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪I would not help you unless you helped me.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻼﻥ ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻻﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٨‬ﻟﻦ ﺃﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺄﺕ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺍ ﻏﺪﺍ )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ(‬

‫‪I would not receive you unless you came early tomorrow.‬‬
‫‪I would not receive you if you did not come early tomorrow.‬‬

‫‪-٣٤-‬‬
 ‫‪ -١٩‬ﻗﺪ ﻧﺤﺬﻑ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪No one knows what would happen.‬‬
‫)ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻬﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ(‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻗﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪No one knows what will happen.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٠‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺟﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪No one would be able to succeed without hard study.‬‬
‫)!‪(without studying hard‬‬
‫‪No one …….. if he did not study hard.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -٢١‬ﻟﻮ ﺟﺌﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺣﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﺗﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ )ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ(‬

‫‪If you had come yesterday, you would have found me at home.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻧﺪﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻢ ﺗ‪J‬ﺄﺕ ﻭﻫﻜ‪J‬ﺬﺍ ﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﺗﺠ‪J‬ﺪﻧﻲ ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﻟ‪J‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺿﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﺗﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢٢‬ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻨﺠﺢ )ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ(‬
‫‪If you had not stud, you would not have passed.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٣‬ﻟﻮ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻟﻨﺠﺤﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪If you had studied hard, you would have passed.‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺤﺬﻑ )‪ (if‬ﺷﻜﻼ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪Had you studied hard, you would have passed.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪You would have passed if you had studied hard.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٤‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻨﺠﺤﺖ )ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ(‬
‫‪-You did not study. Otherwise, you would have passed.‬‬
‫‪-You have not studied. Otherwise, you would have passed.‬‬
‫‪-You had not studied. Otherwise, you would have passed‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٥‬ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻭﺙ )ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ‪:(if‬‬

‫ﺟﺌﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪I brought you the book in case you wanted to read it.‬‬
‫)‪(in the future‬‬

‫‪ -٢٦‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ )ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ‪:(if‬‬

‫‪-٣٥-‬‬
 .‫ﺳﺄﺟﻴﺌﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃﻩ‬
I shall bring you the book in case you want to read it.

.‫ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺒﺪﻳﻦ‬-٢٧

(‫ﺃﻱ )ﻟﻮﻻ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ )ﻟﻮﻻ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﺔ‬
- Had it not been for freedom, people (men) would have lived as slaves.
- If it had not been for the love of freedom, people would have been
enslaved.
.‫ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺻﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﻮﻡ‬-٢٨
Had it not been for the steadfastness of our country, the enemy would
have been encouraged to attack (to make an offensive).

.‫ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ‬-٢٩

Had you not mentioned this word, I would have said it myself.

(‫ ﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﻠﺬﺍﺗﻚ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺿﻌﻔﺖ ﺻﺤﺘﻚ )ﺗﺪﻫﻮﺭﺕ‬-٣٠

Had you not given free reign to your pleasures, your health would not
have deteriorated.

.‫ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﺔ ﻟﻌﺸﺖ ﻋﻴﺸﺔ ﺑﺎﺋﺴﺔ‬-٣١

But for your sincere friendship, I would have led a miserable life.

‫( ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ‬to lead a life of) ‫( ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻞ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬live a life) ‫ﻻ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
Had it not been for your sincere friendship, I would have lived a life of
misery.

‫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ‬-٣٢

Even you have forgotten.
(intonation) ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‬

(‫ ﻻ ﺗﻬﻤﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺗﻔﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺋﻖ )ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‬-٣٣

Don’t neglect even the most trivial facts (details).
Don’t overlook even the slightest details.
.‫ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‬-٣٤
This is ignorance itself!
.‫ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﺺ ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ‬-٣٥
This is the thief himself.
.‫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬-٣٦

-٣٦-
 They, themselves, don’t know it.
Even they don’t know it.
Even they, themselves, don’t know it.

.‫ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﻱ‬-٣٧

I have done it by myself.
(‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻲ )ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻏﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
I, myself, have done it!
.‫ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

.‫ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﺒﻼﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺰﻭﺟﺘﻪ‬:‫ ﻛﻼﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﺋﻦ‬-٣٨

Both of you are traitors: the one to his country, and the other to his wife.

.‫ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﻲ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﺔ‬-٣٩

Either one of you will help me find a solution, or I will (would) inform
the police.

:‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬

It is either that one of you would help me find a solution, or I would call
the police.

.‫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺫﺍﻙ‬-٤٠

It is neither this, nor that!
It is neither here nor there!
:‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
.‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻤﻦ ﻻ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
.‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬

.‫ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺳﺘﺸﺮﻙ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬-٤١

I have not consulted you. But I have not consulted anybody else, either.
.‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‬
.‫ ﻛﻼﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻜﻤﺎ ﻏﻨﻴﺎ‬-٤٢
You are both intelligent, but neither (one) of you is rich.

.‫ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬-٤٣

I haven’t heard such a thing before.

.‫ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻛﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ‬-٤٤

Such a man should be hospitalised.

-٣٧-
 ‫‪ -٤٥‬ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻛﻬﺬﻩ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻧﻴﻦ )ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Such a woman must be sent to an asylum.‬‬
‫)‪(to a lunatic asylum‬‬

‫‪ -٤٦‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪Go out of the classroom each in his turn.‬‬
‫‪Go out, one after the other.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٧‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺻﺎﻣﺖ )ﻳﺴﻜﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ(‪.‬‬

‫‪Each of you, two, knows what has happened but is reticent.‬‬

‫ﻱ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ )ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺧﺒﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻣﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٨‬ﺃ ٌ‬
‫‪Anyone of you can use this telephone.‬‬

‫ﻱ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ؟‬

‫ﺃ ٌ‬
‫?‪Which of you can use this telephone‬‬

‫‪ -٤٩‬ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻱ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫!‪I cannot tell anyone about this‬‬
‫!‪I cannot tell this to anyone‬‬
‫‪ -٥٠‬ﻛﻞ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﻄﺎءﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺃﺩﺭﻯ ﺑﺄﺧﻄﺎء ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪Everyone knows his own mistakes.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﻧ‪JJ‬ﺬﻛﺮ )‪ (own‬ﻓﻴ‪JJ‬ﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮ ﻧﺤ‪JJ‬ﻮ ﺷ‪JJ‬ﺨﺺ ﺁﺧ‪JJ‬ﺮ ﻣﻌ‪JJ‬ﻴﻦ ﻭﻣﻌ‪JJ‬ﺮﻭﻑ ﻟ‪JJ‬ﺪﻳﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺑ‪JJ‬ـ‬
‫)ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺋﻪ( ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﺭﺟﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪Everyone knows his mistakes.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺧﻄﺎء ﻓ‪J‬ﻼﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (own‬ﻋﻨ‪J‬ﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺆﻛ‪J‬ﺪ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺷ‪J‬ﻲء ﻳﻌ‪J‬ﻮﺩ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋ‪J‬ﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺪﺃ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥١‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﺘﺴﺎﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫!‪It is all the same to me‬‬
‫!‪It is all and one to me‬‬

‫‪ -٥٢‬ﻛﻠﻜﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻢ ﺃﺣﺒﻜﻢ ﻗﻴﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪All of you know how much Caesar loved you.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٣‬ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﺷﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺮ )ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺿﺪﻩ(‬

‫‪Someone has informed against him to the prince.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٤‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻟﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻈﻤﺎء ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻝ )ﺗﻨﺰﻝ( ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٣٨-‬‬
Some (people) are born great and others have greatness thrust upon them.
‫ﻦ‬J‫ﻪ ﻣ‬J‫ﻖ ﺑ‬J‫( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ )ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﺬﻑ( ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺗﻠﺘﺼ‬thrust) ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
.‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

.‫ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬-٥٥

I don’t know anybody by that name.
I know nobody by that name.

.‫ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺔ‬-٥٦

In some European countries, there is a state of balance between
capitalism and socialism.

.‫ ﻫﺰﻡ ﺟﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻧﻜﺮﺍء‬-٥٧

The whole army of the enemy has been routed.
(was routed)
.‫( ﻫﺰﻡ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﻧﻜﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻤﺔ ﺳﺎﺣﻘﺔ‬was routed)

(‫ ﻛﻠﻜﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺮ )ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬-٥٨

All of you know how far one can be patient.
All of you know how much one can bear.
All of you realise how much one can put up with.

.‫ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﻫﻨﺎ‬-٥٩

There is nothing but danger here.

.‫ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‬-٦٠

The danger lurking behind (in) the hearts is greater than the one striking
(you in) the eye.

.‫ ﺧﻠﻖ ﷲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬-٦١

God has created all that exists on the face of the earth and in heaven.

.(‫ ﺳﻮﺍء ﺃﺃﺩﺭﻛﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻌﻪ )ﺳﻴﺨﻄﻔﻬﺎ‬-٦٢

Whether you understand it or not, she is going to elope with him.

‫( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻳﻔﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬escape ) ‫ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ‬
.‫ﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‬
He escaped the fire.

-٣٩-
 :‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ "ﺧﻄﻒ" ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ‬

To kidnap a man ‫ ﻳﺨﻄﻒ ﺭﺟﻼ‬-

To abduct a diplomat ‫ ﻳﺨﻄﻒ ﺩﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳﻴﺎ‬-
To hijack a plane. ‫ ﻳﺨﻄﻒ ﻁﺎﺋﺮﺓ‬-

.‫ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‬-٦٣

This is mere self-defense.
This is, merely, self-defense.
.(adverb) ‫( ﺣﺎﻝ‬merely) ‫ ﻭ‬،‫( ﻧﻌﺖ‬mere)

‫ ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻫﺎﺟﻤﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‬-٦٤

I have not attacked him except (save) in self-defense.
.‫ ﺍﻟﺜﻘـﺔ ﻓﻲ ﷲ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘـﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ‬-٦٥
Trust in God and self-confidence are two aspects of a strong faith.
.‫ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ‬:‫ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ‬

(‫ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ‬-٦٦

All of us know what suffering is like.
(‫ )ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺒﻪ‬:‫ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ‬
Each of us knows what suffering is like!

‫ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﺘﻔﻖ؟‬،‫ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬-٦٧

-Each (one) of us desires (wishes, wants) the opposite of that desired by
the other. So, how could we agree (among ourselves)?

-Each of us desires the opposite of that which is desired by the other.

Then, how could we agree on earth?

‫ﺔ‬JJJ‫ﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠ‬JJJ‫ﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳ‬JJJ‫ﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ( ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬ‬JJJ‫ﻰ ﻭﺟ‬JJJ‫ﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠ‬JJJ‫ﺎ )ﻋﻠ‬JJJ‫ﺎ ﻫﻨ‬JJJ‫ﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫ‬JJJ‫( ﻟ‬on earth)
:‫ ﻭﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬.‫ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
How on earth ……….
(for heaven’s sake ‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺸﺒﻪ )ﺑﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬

(‫ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ )ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‬-٦٨

Nothing whatever would (will) separate us!
Nothing, however important, will separate us at all.
Nothing whatever could separate us at all.
.‫( ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺓ‬at all)

-٤٠-
 ‫ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ؟‬-٦٩
.‫ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﺇﻻ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬.‫ ﻻ ﺷﻲء ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‬---
What did you hear?
--- Nothing at all, except the sound of the waves!
--- Nothing at all! Only the sound of the waves!

‫ ﻫﻞ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻁﻠﺐ ﻧﺎﺭﺍ )ﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ(؟‬-٧٠

(‫ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ )ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻧﻴﺔ‬---
-Can I ask for a light (to light my cigarette)?
-Yes, please. By all means.

.‫ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰﻫﻢ ﻷﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ‬-٧١

The soldiers should not –by no means– change their positions.
:‫ﺃﻭ‬
The soldiers should by no means change their positions.

‫ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ؟‬-٧٢

Haven’t I told you this before?
Didn’t I previously tell you this?
Hadn’t I formerly told you about that?

.‫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺐ؟ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺐ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺿﺎﻋﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﺒﺜﺎ‬-٧٣

Who of you has not fallen in love?
He who hasn’t, has lost his life in vain.

‫ﺎ‬J‫ ﺃﻣ‬،‫ﺪﻗﺎء‬J‫ﻮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺻ‬J‫ﺐ ﻟﻸﺑ‬J‫ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤ‬J‫ﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﻌﻨ‬J‫ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼ‬J‫( ﻷﻥ ﻫ‬has not loved) ‫ﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬J‫ﻻ ﻧﺴ‬
.‫ ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬.‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺮﺍﻡ‬

.‫( ﻻ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺤﺐ‬who of you?)
He who hasn’t has spent his life in vain.
‫ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ؟‬-٧٤
Which of you has done this?
.‫( ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺘﻪ‬which) ‫ﻫﻨﺎ‬
.‫(ﻓﻬﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬who) ‫ﺃﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺨﻄﺊ؟‬

Who of us has not erred?
.‫ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ‬-٧٥
This is madness itself!

-٤١-
 This is stark madness!
‫ﺔ‬JJ‫ﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤ‬JJ‫ﻦ ﺍﺳ‬JJ‫ﻪ( ﻭﻳﻤﻜ‬JJ‫ﺎ )ﺑﻌﻴﻨ‬JJ‫ﺪ ﻓﻨﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬ‬JJ‫ﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴ‬JJ‫ﻮﺡ( ﻭﻫ‬JJ‫ﺎﺭ ٍ◌( ﺃﻱ )ﻣﻔﻀ‬JJ‫ﺎ )ﻋ‬JJ‫( ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫ‬stark)
(stark) ‫ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ‬،‫ ﻋﺎﺭ‬naked
This is naked lunacy.
This is stark lunacy.
This is mere lunacy.
This is nothing but stark lunacy.

.‫ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻅﻔﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‬-٧٦

I have only had my bare needs.
.‫ﺃﻱ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺣﺼﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
.‫ ﻋﺎﺭ ٍ◌ )ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺪﻣﻴﻦ( ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺔ‬:(bare)

.‫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻞ‬-٧٧

You only have to sit down and start eating.
You have just to sit down and start eating.

(‫( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻓﻘﻂ )ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬just only)

.‫ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻬﺮﻧﻲ‬-٧٨

I have only (solely) asked him a question, which made him rebuke me.

.‫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ‬،‫ ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﺳﺆﺍﻻ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‬-٧٩

I am merely (barley) asking you a question; nothing more!

‫ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ؟‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬،‫ ﻛﻔﺎﻙ ﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎ‬-٨٠

Stop beating about the bush! Precisely, what do you want to say?

‫ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ؟‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬،‫ ﻛﻔﺎﻙ ﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﺎ‬:‫ﺃﻭ‬

Stop beating about the bush! Precisely, what is it you want to say?
What is the thing that you want to say? :‫ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ‬
(‫( ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻰ )ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬it) ‫ﻭﻧﻀﻊ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ؟‬

.‫ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬-٨١

Tell me concisely (briefly) the factors that (which) influenced the
Renaissance.

.‫ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺺ ﻁﻠﻴﻘﺎ )ﻳﺴﺮﺡ ﻭﻳﻤﺮﺡ( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁﺔ ﻭﺑﺼﺮﻫﺎ‬-٨٢

-٤٢-
 ‫‪The thief is still at large under the nose of the police.‬‬

‫‪ -٨٣‬ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ )ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺣﻘﺎ(‪.‬‬

‫‪A friend in need, is a friend indeed.‬‬

‫‪ -٨٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ( ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ‪.‬‬

‫!‪Indeed, you are right‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺐ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﻳﺨﻄﺌﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨٥‬ﺍﻓﻌﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫!‪Do exactly as I tell you‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻢ )‪ (tell‬ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪He told me that he was angry.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﺎﺿﺐ )ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﺎﺿﺐ( ﻭﻧﻔﻀﻞ )ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻲ(‬

‫‪He told the truth.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ )ﺍﺧﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ(‬

‫‪Tell me what would happen if I went there.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ )ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ( ﻟﻮ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻨﺘﺮﺟﻢ )‪ (tell‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ )ﻳﺄﻣﺮ(‬
‫!‪Tell him to leave‬‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ )ﻳﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ(‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨٦‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ )‪(adjectives and adverbs‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻑ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪This work is quite enough.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎ )ﻧﻌﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺔ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ )ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪I cannot tell you enough about this fellow.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻅﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻟ‪J‬ﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳ‪J‬ﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣ‪J‬ﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﻫ‪J‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪J‬ﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻲء ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﺒﺮ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪I cannot do justice to this subject.‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺃﺳ‪JJ‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﻬﻤ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺃﺳ‪JJ‬ﻬﺒﺖ ﻭﺃﻁﻠ‪JJ‬ﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺑ‪JJ‬ﺎﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﻋﻤ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ‪JJ‬ﺚ ﺃﻭ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺑﺤ‪JJ‬ﺚ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨٧‬ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺧﻒ ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٤٣-‬‬
 Practically speaking, if one ate less, one’s weight would grow less too!

.‫ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﻠﻪ‬-٨٨
Paradoxically, whenever one’s knowledge grows more and more, his
ignorance becomes greater.

.‫ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺳﻔﺮﻱ‬-٨٩

Happily, I did not forget my passport.

.‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﺄﻧﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺣﻠﺘﻲ‬،‫ ﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻆ‬-٩٠

Luckily (Fortunately), I met people who spoke Arabic on my voyage.

.‫ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﺪﺭﺏ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‬-٩١

He is well-trained, but his information is limited.

.‫ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻬﺎ‬-٩٢

These expenses can be easily calculated.

(‫ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺿﻨﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻏﺮﺿﻚ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ )ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‬-٩٣

You keep contradicting (opposing) me, but your motive is well
understood.

.‫ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﺗﺒﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬-٩٤

I haven’t met such a well-known author in my life.

.‫ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺨﻨﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺌﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻪ ﺟﺮﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻮﺱ‬-٩٥

This is the fatal dagger which caused his mortal wound on that ill-fated
day.

.‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﻘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺤﺲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻔﺠﻌﺔ‬-٩٦

These ill-starred lovers had a tragic end.

.‫ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﺰﺭﺍ ﺛﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺗﺤﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬-٩٧

First she looked at him indifferently, then she started to talk with him
warmly.

.(‫ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻅﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﺿﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ )ﻅﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ‬-٩٨
Notwithstanding (in spite of) his adverse conditions, he struggled on till
the end.

-٤٤-
 .‫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬،‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ‬-٩٩
Nevertheless, this is not the place to criticise (condemn, denounce) other
people.

.‫ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﻫﻨﻴﻬﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﻓﻌﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ‬-١٠٠

For one moment (momentarily), she looked invitingly (appetisingly,
voluptuously) at him, then she rushed into the street.

.‫ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻙ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻏﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬:‫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻠﻌﺜﻤﺎ‬-١٠١

He said falteringly to her: “I cannot well account for my absence the
other day”.

.‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ ﻣﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻐﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻁﺮﻭﺑﺎ‬-١٠٢
Despite (in spite of) the fact that he is chronically ill, he often sings
merrily.

.‫ ﻻ ﺃﺣﺴﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺣﺶ‬،‫ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺻﺪﻕ‬-١٠٣

Sincerely, I cannot envy you for your excessive affluence (opulence).

.‫ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺔ‬-١٠٤

We shall not be able to live in that country where prices are exorbitant.

.‫ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺎ‬-١٠٥

We shall not be able to live in that country where prices have steeply
risen.

.‫ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺮﺻﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬،‫ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‬-١٠٦

Most certainly (most assuredly), he did not come back to you except after
he had been pinched by the cold outside.

.‫ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‬-١٠٧

Most probably, he has not paid great attention to the recent (late)
advertisements (ads) in the papers.

He might not have paid enough attention to the late ads in the papers.

.‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬-١٠٨

At any rate, the problem is a domestic one and is not international.

-٤٥-
 .‫ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﻴﺼﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‬-١٠٩
The cheap (low) local prices cannot be compared to prices in other
countries.

.‫ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﺒﻚ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﺪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‬-١١٠

You must necessarily do your duty notwithstanding the criticism leveled
by others at you.

.‫ ﺳﺄﻋﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﺎﻁﺮ )ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﺃﻩ‬-١١١

I will give you the book whole-heartedly although you wouldn’t read it.

.‫ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﻟﺒﻴﻚ‬-١١٢

He was instantly present as if I had touched a charmed ring.

.‫ ﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﺃﻣﻪ ﺑﺘﺄﻭﻩ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻳﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ‬-١١٣

He answered his mother sighingly (sighing) that he had become a prey to
fear.

.‫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻬﺪﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬-١١٤

Inordinate fears can demolish the psychology of a person.
.‫ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻸﻣﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﻓﻪ‬-١١٥
Hopefully, there is a lull between his bouts of fear.

A lull precedes the storm. .‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﺪﻭء ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻔﺔ‬

.‫ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺳﻔﺮﻱ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﻱ‬-١١٦
I met her accidentally during my travels and she still enjoys my full
respect and approbation.

.‫ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﺧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ‬-١١٧

Unerringly, he told her that she suffered from recurrent nervous fits.

.‫ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻷﺗﻔﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬-١١٨

Increasingly, people these days consult doctors for the most trivial
reasons.

.‫ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻪ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻭﻟﻠﺸﻚ‬،(‫ ﺣﻘﺎ )ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ‬-١١٩

Avowedly, his attitude is in question (is to be questioned) and calls for
suspicion.

-٤٦-
 ‫ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ )‪ (doubt‬ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٢٠‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻐﺮﻳﺎ )ﻭﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ( ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﺭﻓﻀﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻅﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪However tantalising the work was, I have rejected the job.‬‬

‫‪ -١٢١‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻟﻠﺪﻫﺸﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﻟﻴﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺪﻳﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Surprisingly enough, he did not return to claim his dead debts.‬‬

‫***********‬

‫‪-٤٧-‬‬
 ‫ﲨﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻟﺔ(‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺧﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻏﻀﺒﺖ ﻣﻨﻲ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻋﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﻬﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺭﺣﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺑﺎﻛﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﻻ ﺗﺆﺟﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺳﻬﺮﺍﻧﺎ ﻁﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻣﺲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﺪﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺃﺳﻲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻲ ﺃﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺷﻜﻮﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺗﻮﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﻚ ﺳﻘﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﺑﺒﻂء ﻟﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺩﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٠‬ﺗﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍء ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎء‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍء ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١١‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻌﻮﺍﻁﻔﻚ ﺗﻨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٢‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺓ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٣‬ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻘﻒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻞ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٤‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﺑﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٥‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٦‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻲ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﻁﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﺬﻫﺒﺖ ﻷﺻﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺪﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٧‬ﺇﻥ ﺣﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﻦ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٨‬ﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﺏ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻧﻔﻀﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٩‬ﺣﺒﻚ ﻟﻠﺸﻲء ﻳﻌﻤﻲ ﻭﻳﺼﻢ ﻭﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺿﺮﺭ ﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٤٨-‬‬
 ‫‪ -٢٠‬ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺘﺒﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺫﻛﺎﺋﻚ ﺛﻢ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺘﺤﻦ ﺻﺒﺮﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢١‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼﻐﻲ ﻷﻳﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٢‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻶﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻓﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻨﺎ ﻟﻸﺧﻼﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٣‬ﺑﺤﺚ ﺃﺭﺳﻄﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٤‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٥‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻟﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻁﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻣﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻟ‪J‬ﺐ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﻧﻔﺴ‪J‬ﻪ ﻭﻳﻘ‪J‬ﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻛ‪J‬ﻞ ﻛﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﻌﻠ‪J‬ﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٧‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻮﺍﺳﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺳﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٨‬ﺃﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻲ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻋﻮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢٩‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﺎﻗﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٠‬ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣١‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻖ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻟﺘﻜﺴﺐ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﺎ ﻟﻚ؟‬

‫‪ -٣٢‬ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻭﻗﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٣‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺍﻗﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٤‬ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺿﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٥‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﻋﻠﻤﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻚ ﺟﻬﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻲء ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٦‬ﻟﻢ ﺃﺭ ﺃﺣﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٧‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺗﻢ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻡ ﻏﻴﺮﻙ ﻭﺗﺸﺘﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣٨‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻌﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻠﻤﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٤٩-‬‬
‫‪ -٣٩‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻚ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪J‬ﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻷﺫﻭﺍﻗﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٠‬ﻗﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﺥ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺷﻮﻛﻲ ﺛﻢ ﺳﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻀﻴﻔﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤١‬ﺍﺟﻤﻊ ﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺯﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٢‬ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻋﺠﻪ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺨﻔﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٣‬ﻻ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺩﻭﺍء ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺼﻔﻪ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﻠﺮﺑﻤﺎ ﺿﺮﻙ ﺿﺮﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٤‬ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻣﺨﺎﻓ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜ‪JJ‬ﻴﻢ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤ‪JJ‬ﻊ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﺒﻴ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﻳ‪JJ‬ﺪﺍﻭﻱ ﺃﻣ‪JJ‬ﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨ‪JJ‬ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﻮﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٥‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻮ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺨﺸﺎﻩ؟ ﺃﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻮﺍﻁﻔﻚ؟‬

‫‪ -٤٦‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻌﺲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻧﻘﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ ﺟﺤﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﺍﻧﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٧‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻚ ﺗﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺮﺿﻴﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٨‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤٩‬ﺃﺳﻤﻊ ﺟﻌﺠﻌﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻁﺤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٠‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺿﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥١‬ﺇﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺣﺬﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺶ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٢‬ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﺟﺒﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٣‬ﻟﻮﻻ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﺑﺮﺗﻲ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٤‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﺻﻐﻴﺖ ﺇﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻟﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٥‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻁﻠﺒﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٦‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﺿﻰ ﺳﺠﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻛﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻧﺒﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥٧‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﺒﺮ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻭﺫﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٥٠-‬‬
 ‫‪ -٥٨‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻙ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﺫﻛﺎﺋﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥٩‬ﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺒّــﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ٌ‬
‫ﺷـﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫*************‬

‫‪-٥١-‬‬
 ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺟﺎءﻧﻲ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﺘﺴﻢ ﻭﺑﺸﺮﻧﻲ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻧﺠﺤﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺒﻠﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﺧﺒﺮﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﺄ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﺣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺣﺘﻲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻬ‪J‬ﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫ‪J‬ﻢ ﻭﻫ‪J‬ﻢ ﺻ‪J‬ﻐﺎﺭ ﺿ‪J‬ﻌﺎﻑ ﺣﺘ‪J‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺒﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻴﺲ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻣﺤﺒ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﺻ‪J‬ﺪﻕ ﻭﺃﻛﻤ‪J‬ﻞ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺣ‪J‬ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻳﻦ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻫﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻓﻬﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﺤﺒ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻤ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻗﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺷﻠﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔ‪J‬ﺎﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌ‪J‬ﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸ‪J‬ﺘﺮﻙ ﻭﺗﻔﺴ‪J‬ﺪ ﺑﺎﻷﻧﺎﻧﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔ‪J‬ﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻁ‪J‬ﻒ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻋﺰﻋ‪J‬ﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺃﺳ‪J‬ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻗﺪﺱ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻁﻦ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻐ‪J‬ﺰﺍﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪J‬ﺎﻟﻮﻁﻦ ﻧﺸ‪J‬ﺄ ﻓﻴ‪J‬ﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﻁﻔ‪J‬ﻼ ﻭﻣﺸ‪J‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺷﻢ ﻫﻮﺍءﻩ ﻭﺷﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﺟﺴﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺬﺓ ﻛﺒﻴ‪J‬ﺮﺓ ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘ‪J‬ﻼء ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀ‪J‬ﻼء ﻳﺼ‪J‬ﻔﺤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻦ ﺃﺳﺎء ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻜﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﺡ ﻏﻀﺒﻬﻢ ﻭﻛ‪J‬ﻞ ﺫﻟ‪J‬ﻚ ﺷ‪J‬ﻲء‬
‫ﻣﺆﻟﻢ ﻟﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺭﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻀﻤﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻼﻕ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻏﻴ‪J‬ﺮﻙ ﻗﺒ‪J‬ﻮﻻ ﻭﻣ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺄﻟﻢ ﻟﻴﻔﺮﺡ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭﻳﺸﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٧‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻷﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧ‪J‬ﻪ ﻟ‪J‬ﻴﺲ ﻛ‪J‬ﻞ ﻣﻌﻠ‪J‬ﻢ ﻧ‪J‬ﺎﺟﺢ ﻋﺎﻟﻤ‪J‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌ‪J‬ﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٨‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﺪﻭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﻌﻴﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺴ‪J‬ﺎﻕ ﻭﺭﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻ‪J‬ﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٩‬ﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﻨﻔﺲ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻔ‪J‬ﻮ ﻋﻤ‪J‬ﻦ ﺃﺳ‪J‬ﺎء ﺃﻛﺒ‪J‬ﺮ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻛ‪J‬ﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤ‪J‬ﺮء ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼ‪J‬ﺪﻕ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘ‪J‬ﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺩﻋ‪J‬ﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﻮﻻﺋﻢ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﻡ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻞ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺆﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺒﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٠‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻ‪J‬ﺪﺍﻗﺘﻚ ﻣﺨﻠﺼ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓ‪J‬ﻼ ﺗﺼ‪J‬ﻎ ﻟﻠﻨﻤ‪J‬ﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴ‪J‬ﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﺘ‪J‬ﺪﻣﻴﺮ ﺻ‪J‬ﺪﺍﻗﺘﻚ ﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﺻ‪J‬ﺪﻳﻘﻚ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١١‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻗﻒ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺻﺪﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﻤ‪J‬ﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﺤﺜﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴ‪J‬ﻄﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺑﻌ‪J‬ﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺟ‪J‬ﻮﻩ ﻭﻭﺍﻓ‪J‬ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌ‪J‬ﻮﻥ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻄﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺿﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٥٢-‬‬
‫‪ -١٢‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤ‪JJJ‬ﻊ ﻭﺯﻳ‪JJJ‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴ‪JJJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄ‪JJJ‬ﺎﻧﻲ ﺑ‪JJJ‬ﻮﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴ‪JJJ‬ﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜ‪JJJ‬ﻲ ﻟﺒﺤ‪JJJ‬ﺚ ﻣﺸ‪JJJ‬ﺎﻛﻞ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑ‪JJJ‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﻳﺼ‪J‬ﺪﺭ ﺑﻴ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺃﺛ‪J‬ﺮ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤ‪J‬ﺎﻉ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﻁﻘ‪J‬ﺎ ﺑﻠﺴ‪J‬ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻗﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٣‬ﻻ ﻳﺴ‪JJ‬ﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﻧﺴ‪JJ‬ﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪JJ‬ﺘﻜﻬﻦ ﺑﻤ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺳ‪JJ‬ﻴﺤﺪﺙ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼ‪JJ‬ﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻌ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻛﺒﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮﺍ ﻓ‪JJJ‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺣﺘ‪J‬ﻰ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻮ ﻗﻄﻌ‪J‬ﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗ‪J‬ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻠﻮﻣﺎﺳ‪J‬ﻴﺔ ﺑ‪J‬ﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠ‪J‬ﺪﺍﻥ ﻓ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗ‪J‬ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٤‬ﺃﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜ‪J‬ـﻘﺔ ﺑ‪J‬ﺎﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﻛ‪J‬ﻞ ﺫﻟ‪J‬ﻚ ﺑﺴ‪J‬ﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﺣ‪J‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -١٥‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻛﻢ ﺷﻌﻮﺑﺎ ﻭﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻓﻮﺍ ‪ .‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺮﻣﻜﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﷲ ﺃﺗﻘﺎﻛﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫***************‬

‫‪-٥٣-‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻛﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻫﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﺗﺎﺫ ﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺇﺧﻼﺻﻲ‬

‫ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮﺍﻥ ﻋ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺳ‪JJ‬ﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﺷ‪JJ‬ﻴﺎء ﻛﺜﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻴ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺃﻧ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻳﺨﻴ‪JJ‬ﻒ ﺍﻟﻨ‪JJ‬ﺎﺱ ﺑﺼ‪JJ‬ﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻁﻔ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤ‪JJ‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻤﺸﻲ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺣ‪J‬ﺪ ﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﺠ‪J‬ﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘ‪J‬ﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﻧ‪J‬ﻪ ﻫ‪J‬ﺎﺟﺮ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺑﻠ‪J‬ﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴ‪J‬ﺪ ﻟﻴﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻘﺮ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﻫ‪J‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻫﺮﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺐ ﻓﺎﺷﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻬﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻨﺴﻰ ﺃﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﺸﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺋﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﺒﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﺍ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺑﺄﻫ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺤ‪J‬ﻲ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣ‪J‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏ‪J‬ﻢ ﻛ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﻷﻗ‪J‬ﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺸ‪J‬ﺎﺋﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺕ ﺣﻮﻟ‪J‬ﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺺ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﺯﻫ‪J‬ﻮﺭ ﺗﻨ‪J‬ﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻨ‪J‬ﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺁﺧ‪J‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬ‪J‬ﻮ ﻳﻤﻀ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪J‬ﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﺺ ﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﺘ‪J‬ﺪﺕ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﻁ‪J‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓ‪J‬ﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻄﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻧ‪J‬ﺖ ﺣ‪J‬ﺎﺟﺰﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺤ‪J‬ﺮﻙ ﺷ‪J‬ﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻔ‪J‬ﺎ ﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗ‪J‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﺗﻨﻮﻋ‪J‬ﺖ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﻣ‪J‬ﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴ‪J‬ﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻠﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻨ‪J‬ﻪ ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺳ‪J‬ﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌ‪J‬ﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﻳﺒﺎﺩﺭﻭﻧ‪J‬ﻪ ﺑﻜﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓﻴﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺳ‪J‬ﺆﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣ‪J‬ﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜ‪J‬ﻪ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗ‪J‬ﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺎء ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﻧ‪J‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴ‪J‬ﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪J‬ﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤ‪J‬ﺪﺙ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﺗﻼﻣﻴ‪J‬ﺬﻩ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺼ‪J‬ﺒﺎﺡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺷ‪JJ‬ﻴﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻳ‪JJ‬ﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳ‪JJ‬ﺘﺎﺫ ﺳ‪JJ‬ﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻗ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺮﺏ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ‪JJ‬ﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﻗﻴ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺟ‪JJ‬ﺎء ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻐ‪JJ‬ﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﺃﻳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻏﺮﺍﺑ‪J‬ﺔ ﺗﻌﻄ‪J‬ﻲ ﺗﺒﺮﻳ‪J‬ﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﻠ‪J‬ﻚ ﺍﻟﺸ‪J‬ﺎﺋﻌﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺳﻤﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎء ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻭﻳ‪J‬ﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻗ‪J‬ﺪ ﺩﻓ‪J‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻀ‪J‬ﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﺳ‪J‬ﺘﺎﺫ ﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳ‪J‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠ‪J‬ﻢ ﻳﻠ‪J‬ﻖ ﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﺸ‪J‬ﺒﻊ ﻧﻬﻤ‪J‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻤﻴ‪J‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺟﻤﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻟﻠﻄﻼﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﺃﻛ‪J‬ﺪﺕ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﻗﺪﺭﺗ‪J‬ﻪ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺟﻤﻌﻬ‪J‬ﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻐﺎء ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﻤﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻖ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳ‪J‬ﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔ‪J‬ﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻏﺎﻣﺾ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﺑﺘﻬﺬﻳﺒﻪ ﻭﻛﺮﻡ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺤﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺪﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﻳﺸ‪J‬ﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﻐﻴﺮﻫ‪J‬ﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺘ‪J‬ﻪ ﺗ‪J‬ﺮﻫﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺪﺍ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺨﺒﺊ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻬﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﺲ ﺃﺣ‪J‬ﺪﻫﻢ ﺫﺍ ﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﺨﻔﻲ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺛﻢ ﻋﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪:‬‬

‫‪-٥٤-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺿﺎﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﻣﻀﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﺴ‪J‬ﻌﺔ ﺃﺷ‪J‬ﻬﺮ ﻗﻤﺮﻳ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﻳﺘﺴ‪J‬ﺒﺐ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻳﺬﺍء ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺎﺑ‪J‬ﻪ ﻟﻤ‪J‬ﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻜ‪J‬ﺎﻑ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳ‪J‬ﺒﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﻗﻠﻘﻬ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻴ‪JJ‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘ‪JJ‬ﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺠ‪JJ‬ﺎﺋﺰ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ‪JJ‬ﺎء ﺁﻧ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍﻙ ﺑ‪JJ‬ﺘﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻳ‪JJ‬ﺎﺕ ﻛ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﻳﺸ‪JJ‬ﻔﻴﻪ ﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻔ‪JJ‬ﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺪﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ‪J‬ﺚ ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﺯﻭﺟ‪J‬ﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪J‬ﺒﺔ ﻟ‪J‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷ‪J‬ﺤﻦ ﺃﺭﻣﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﺗﻌﺘ‪J‬ﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﻬﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳ ّﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻫﺠﺮﻫﺎ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻏﺎﺋﺒﺎ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻓﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌﺖ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺯﻭﺟﺎ ﻁﻴﺒﺎ ﻛﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﺍﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫ‪J‬ﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘ‪J‬ﺪ ﺷ‪J‬ﻐﻠﺘﻪ ﻛﺘﺒ‪J‬ﻪ ﻭﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗ‪J‬ﻪ ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﻛ‪J‬ﻞ ﺷ‪J‬ﻲء ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﻫ‪J‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘ‪J‬ﺪ ﺑ‪J‬ﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪J‬ﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﺘ‪J‬ﺮﻥ ﺑﻬ‪J‬ﺪﻭء ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﺃﺻ‪J‬ﺒﺤﺖ ﺟ‪J‬ﺰءﺍ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻧﻔﺴ‪J‬ﻪ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﻫ‪J‬ﺪﻭﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﺿ‪J‬ﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﺛﺎﺛﻬ‪J‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺘ‪J‬ﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻂ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﺺ ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﺗﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻨﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗ‪J‬ﺎﺕ ﻗﺒ‪J‬ﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀ‪J‬ﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻧﺲ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﻄ‪J‬ﺔ ﺟﺎﺋﻌ‪J‬ﺔ ﻳﻄﻌﻤﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻓ‪J‬ﻼ ﺗﻔﺎﺭﻗ‪J‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﻳﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﻫﻨ‪J‬ﺎﻙ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺻ‪J‬ﻮﺕ ﻳﺴ‪J‬ﻤﻊ ﻋﺒ‪J‬ﺮ ﺧﺸ‪J‬ﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﺖ ﻋﺒﺮﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠ‪J‬ﺮﻱ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﻏﺮﻓ‪J‬ﺔ ﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴ‪J‬ﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗ‪J‬ﺪ ﺳ‪J‬ﻤﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻧﺪﺍءﺍﺗ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻄ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺑﺎﺳ‪JJ‬ﻢ "ﺑﻠﻘ‪JJ‬ﻴﺲ" ﺍﻟﺘ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺗﻤ‪JJ‬ﻮء ﻗﺎﺩﻣ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺇﻟﻴ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺃﺣﺒ‪JJ‬ﺖ ﺍﻻﺳ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﺍﻟ‪JJ‬ﺬﻱ ﺃﻁﻠﻘ‪JJ‬ﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻠﻘﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺟ‪J‬ﺎء ﺍﻟﺤ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺃﺣ‪J‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪J‬ﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻛ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺎﺟ‪J‬ﺔ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﻣﺴ‪J‬ﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈ‪J‬ﻞ ﻳﻬﺘ‪J‬ﻒ ﺑﺎﺳ‪J‬ﻢ ﺑﻠﻘ‪J‬ﻴﺲ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺟﻨﺒ‪J‬ﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺚ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺻﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﻂ ﻁﺎﺋﺮ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻅﻞ ﻳﻨﻘﺮ ﺯﺟ‪J‬ﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓ‪J‬ﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫***************‬

‫‪-٥٥-‬‬
 ‫ﺍﳍﺪﻫﺪ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛ‪JJ‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻤ‪JJ‬ﺮ ﻗ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻭﻟ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻟﺘ‪JJ‬ﻮﻩ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺴ‪JJ‬ﻤﺎء ﻫ‪JJ‬ﻼﻻ ﺭﻓﻴﻌ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻛﻀ‪JJ‬ﺮﺑﺔ ﻧ‪JJ‬ﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺳ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺭﺳ‪JJ‬ﻤﺖ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻤ‪J‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗ‪J‬ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻫ‪J‬ﺪ ﺑﻌﺮﻓ‪J‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺟﺴ‪J‬ﺪ ﻣﻠ‪J‬ﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺨﻄﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﺒﻲ ﻭﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺑﻤﻨﻘﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺒﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻓﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺏ ﻟﻴﺠ‪J‬ﺪ ﻁ‪J‬ﺎﺋﺮﺍ ﻏﺮﻳﺒ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﺴ‪J‬ﺘﺠﺪﻱ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﻬ‪J‬ﻞ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻫﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻅﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺳ‪J‬ﻴﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻴ‪J‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠ‪J‬ﻢ ﻳﺠ‪J‬ﺐ ﺑﺤ‪J‬ﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺑ‪J‬ﻞ ﻅ‪J‬ﻞ ﺳ‪J‬ﺎﻛﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻄﻠ‪J‬ﻊ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺎء ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺁﻧ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍﻙ ﻗﻠ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺷ‪JJ‬ﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻧﻤ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺣ‪JJ‬ﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻄ‪JJ‬ﺎﺋﺮ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺻ‪JJ‬ﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻴ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻣ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻳ‪JJ‬ﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻤﺴ‪JJ‬ﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄ‪J‬ﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓ‪J‬ﺈﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺪﻫ‪J‬ﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻔ‪J‬ﺰﻉ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛ‪J‬ﻪ ﻳﺘﺼ‪JJ‬ﺮﻑ ﺑ‪J‬ﻪ ﻛﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﺸ‪J‬ﺎء‪ .‬ﻗ‪J‬ﺎﻝ ﺳ‪J‬ﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺼ‪JJ‬ﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﻞ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻨﻲ؟‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺤﻴﺘﻪ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻋﻘﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺤﺪﺛﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺮﻭﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﻛﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺗﻬﺰﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺟﻬﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻁﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﻚ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬

‫ﺛﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻫﺪ ﻣﺘﺄﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻫﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ‬

‫ﻓﻠﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﻔﺘﻪ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺣ‪J‬ﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓ‪J‬ﺬﺓ ﺗﻤﺜ‪J‬ﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛ‪J‬ﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ‪J‬ﻞ ﺗﺴ‪J‬ﺎﺅﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻳﻘﻦ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﺃﺫﻧﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ… ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ… ﺇﻧﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ…‬

‫‪-٥٦-‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻠﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺻ‪J‬ﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻴ‪J‬ﺮ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻄﺌ‪J‬ﻪ ﺳ‪J‬ﻤﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋ‪JJ‬ﺎﺩ ﺇﻟ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻞء ﺃﺫﻧ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺳ‪JJ‬ﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ‪JJ‬ﺬﻱ ﺭﻓ‪JJ‬ﻊ ﺭﺃﺳ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﻛ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺳ‪JJ‬ﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻳﺮﻳ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﺑﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﻛ‪JJ‬ﺪ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻠﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ؟‬

‫ﻓﻬﺘﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ…‪ ..‬ﺃﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ؟‬

‫************‬

‫‪-٥٧-‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻣﻘﺘﻄﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘ ّﻠــﺐ ‪The Kaleidoscopic Heart‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ )ﺟﻮﺩﻱ( ﻓﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺓ ﻣﺪ ّﻟﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻧﻌﻮﻣ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﻅﺎﻓﺮﻫ‪J‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘ‪J‬ﺪ ﻧﺸ‪J‬ﺄﺕ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺟ‪J‬ﻮ َﻣ‪J‬ـﺮﺡ ﻟﻄﻴ‪J‬ﻒ ﻣﺆ ﱠﻟ‪J‬ـﻒ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻭﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﺗﻬﺎ "ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰﺓ" ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻟﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ )ﻛﺮﻳﺲ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ "ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻲ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ )ﺟﻮﺩﻱ( ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗُـﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫)ﺳﻤﻴﺚ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻄﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺰﺭﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻧﻮﻋﺎ ﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﺪﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺑ‪J‬ﺮﺣﻼﺕ ﻗﺼ‪J‬ﻴﺮﺓ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻭﻗ‪J‬ﺖ ﻵﺧ‪J‬ﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻻﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌ‪J‬ﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﺗﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺑﻌﻴ‪J‬ﺪﺓ ﻋ‪J‬ﻦ ﻣﻜ‪J‬ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻨﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺸ‪J‬ﺄﺕ (ﺟ‪J‬ﻮﺩﻱ( ﻛﻠُ‪J‬ـﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺪ ّﻟ‪J‬ـﻠﺔ ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﺃﺳ‪J‬ﺮﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﺘﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺑﺸ‪J‬ﻲء ﺧ‪J‬ﺎﺹ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ‪J‬ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻨ‪J‬ﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ )ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻣﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣـﻈـــﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﻩ ﺑﺪﺍﻳ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻗﺼ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻁﻮﻳﻠ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻛﺘﺒﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻣﺆﻟ‪JJ‬ﻒ ﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ‪JJ‬ﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪JJ‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻴ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺃﻧﻬ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻛﺘﺒ‪JJ‬ﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻭﻟ‪JJ‬ﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺛﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻻﺣ‪J‬ﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ‪ genial‬ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫ‪J‬ﺎ )ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪J‬ﺐ( ﺃﻭ )ﻣﻼﺋ‪J‬ﻢ( ﺃﻭ )ﺑﺸ‪J‬ﻮﺵ( ﺗُ‪J‬ـﺮﺟﻤﺖ ﺑﻜﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ )ﻟﻄﻴ‪J‬ﻒ(‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ )ﻟﻄﻴﻒ( ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺑُـﺪﺉ ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺁﺧ‪J‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﺛ‪J‬ﻢ ﺭﺟﻌﻨ‪J‬ﺎ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪J‬ﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤ ّﻤـﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺮﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻭﺣﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ‪A Monster at Home‬‬

‫]ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺮﺣﻴّـﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ[‬

‫ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﺭﻣﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻫ‪J‬ﺎ ‪ ٣٥‬ﻋﺎﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﻧﺮﺍﻫ‪J‬ﺎ ﻋﻨ‪J‬ﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔ‪J‬ﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ‪J‬ﺔ ﺟﺎﻟﺴ‪J‬ﺔ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﻛﺮﺳ‪ّ J‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍءﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪-٥٨-‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺩﺋﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻤﺰﺍﺝ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺻﺎﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻋﻨ‪J‬ﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻛﻼﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻀﺢ ﻛﺄﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻁﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﺛﻤﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﺪﻟـﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄ‪J‬ﻲ ﺻ‪J‬ﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌ‪J‬ﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻠ‪J‬ﺔ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻐﻄـﻲ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ‬‫ﺗﺮﺗﺪﻱ ﺷﺎﻻ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻀﺞ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ﻭﺁﺗﻰ ﺛﻤﺎﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴ‪J‬ﺎء ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻬﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴ‪J‬ﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴ‪J‬ﺰ ﻭﻳﻠﺴ‪J‬ﻮﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺛﺘﻬﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﻀﺞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﻟﻸﺳﻒ! ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ ﺑﻌ‪J‬ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺠﺒ‪J‬ﺖ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻩ ﺑﻨﺘ‪J‬ﺎ ﻭﻭﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻳﻦ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻅﺎﻫﺮﺍ ً ﻅﻬﻮﺭﺍ ً ﺗﺎﻣﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣـﻈـــﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ )‪ (Dramatic Direction‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺒﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ "‪ "marked‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻨﺎﻫ‪J‬ﺎ )ﻳﺴ‪J‬ﺘﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ‪J‬ﺮ( ﻭﻻ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬ‪J‬ﺎ )ﻣﺸﺎﻫَ‪J‬ـﺪﺍً‪ُ ،‬ﻣ‪J‬ـﻼﺣﻈﺎ( ﻛﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻳﻤﻜ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ )ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪ “noteworthy‬ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ )ﻣﻬﻢ( ﺑﻞ )ﻭﻅﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﻅﻬﻮﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﺎً(‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻘﻔﻴﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻷﺷــﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣــﺔ ‪The Merry Ghosts‬‬

‫)ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‬

‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺮ ﻭﻳﻠﻐﻮﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺧﻂ ﺭﺃﺳ‪J‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺸ‪J‬ﻴﺐ ﻭﻫ‪J‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺃﺳﺮﺓ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ‪JJ‬ﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺠ‪J‬ﻒ ﻭﻳﺘﻠﻌ‪JJ‬ﺜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﻠ‪J‬ـﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ‪JJ‬ﻮ ﺭﺏّ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠ‪J‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﺛ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻳﻨﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴ‪JJ‬ﺰ ﻭﻳﻠﻐ‪J‬ﻮﺱ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫ‪JJ‬ﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺷﺎﺑّـﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﺗ‪J‬ﺰﺍﻝ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺭﻳﻌ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺷ‪J‬ﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻤﺎﻟﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻭﻳﻈﻬ‪J‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻬﻤﺎ )ﻫِـﻠﺪﺍ( ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻋﺸ‪J‬ﺮﺓ ﺳ‪J‬ﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﻛﺄ ّﻣـﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺤﻒ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺰﺭﻉ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺮ ﻭﻳﻠﻐ‪J‬ﻮﺱ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺔ ﺟﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺑﺎ ﺑﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ )ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺰ ﻭﻳﻠﻐ‪J‬ﻮﺱ( ﻓﺘﻘ‪J‬ﺮﺃ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﻣﺠﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﺍﺑﻨﺘﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺗﻨ‪J‬ﺪﻓﻊ ﺩﺍﺧﻠ‪J‬ﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ )ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗُ‪J‬ـﺴ َﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳ‪J‬ﻴﻘﻰ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺒ‪J‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ )ﻫُـﻠﺪﺍ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣـﻈـــﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫َـﻂ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺐ" ﻭﻟﻢ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ )ﺭﺟﻞ ﺷ‪J‬ﺎﺋﺐ‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺗُـﺮﺟﻤﺖ ”‪ “a grey-haired man‬ﺇﻟﻰ "ﻭﺧ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺗُ‪J‬ـﺮﺟﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ”‪ “impulsive” , “nervous‬ﺑ‪J‬ﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﻟﺼ‪J‬ﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻳﺠ‪J‬ﺎﺩ ﻛﻠﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳ‪J‬ﺒﺔ ﻟ‪J‬ـ‬

‫‪-٥٩-‬‬
 ‫”‪ “impulsive‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ "ﻣﻨﺪﻓﻌﺔ" ﺃﻭ "ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻳﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫‪ “The first scene presents….” -٣‬ﻟﻢ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﺟﻤﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫"ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ )ﻭﻳﻠﻐﻮﺱ( ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺔ…‪..‬ﺍﻟﺦ"‬

‫ﺼ‪J‬ـﻚ‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺏ ﻭﻧ ّ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒـﺪ ‪The Jungle and the Temple‬‬

‫)‪1- “A spacious room, with chairs……..or table” (Page 41‬‬

‫ﺗُﻔﺘﺢ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺮﻓ‪J‬ﺔ ﺭﺣﺒ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓﻴﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻛﺮﺍﺳ‪J‬ﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﺳ‪J‬ﺘﺎﺋﺮ ﺭﺛ‪J‬ﺔ ﻭﻁ‪J‬ﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻴ‪J‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧ‪J‬ﺔ ﻣ‪J‬ﻊ ﻣﺜﻴﻼﺗﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﻳ‪J‬ﺎﻑ ﻟﻜﻨﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴ‪J‬ﺪ ﺗُﻌﺘﺒ‪J‬ﺮ ﻏﺮﻓ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓﻘﻴ‪J‬ﺮﺓ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻳﻨ‪J‬ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺴﻠﻖ ﺑﺄﻭﺭﺍﻗ‪J‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺘ‪J‬ﻒ ﺃﻏﺼ‪J‬ﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻋﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺕٌ‬
‫ﺣ‪JJ‬ﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼ‪JJ‬ﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟ‪JJ‬ﻚ ﻛﻨﺒ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻛﺒﻴ‪JJ‬ﺮﺓ ﻓ‪JJ‬ﻲ ﺭﻛ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺃﺭﻛ ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻛﺎﻧ‪JJ‬ﺖ ﺗﺨ‪JJ‬ﺺ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺳ‪JJ‬ﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ‪JJ‬ﻮﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻑ ُﺭﺗّـﺒﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻛﺘﺐٌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻘ‪J‬ﺪﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺑ‪J‬ﻞ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺮﻑ ﻳﻮﺟ‪J‬ﺪ ﻛﺮﺳ‪J‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﺮﺑﻬﺎ ٌ‬
‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﺓ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ‪ ٤٢‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﻜ‪J‬ﺔ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﻛ‪J‬ﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒ‪J‬ﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻬ‪J‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻧﻢ ﻟﺤﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺒﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻻﺑﻨﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ‪ ١٧‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪2- “Fatima (Interrupting)……..to be good” (Pages 42-43‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻁﻤﺔ )ﺗﻘﺎﻁﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺒﻮﺱ(‪ :‬ﺩﻋﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ! ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﺟﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺐ ﻋﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺪّ ﻳﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺻ‪J‬ﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨِ‪J‬ـﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﻋﻜ‪J‬ﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴ‪J‬ﺮﻳﻦ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻤﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺑﻨﻲ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﺗﺴﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻢ ﻛ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻙ ﻳﺘﻤﻨ‪J‬ﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘّ‪J‬ـﺒﻊ ﺧﻄ‪J‬ﺎﻩ ﺃﺣ‪J‬ﺪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋ‪J‬ﻪ ﻭﻳﻘ‪J‬ﺮﺃ ﺟﻤﻴ‪J‬ﻊ ﻫ‪J‬ﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ! ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺗﻤﺴﻜﺖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﻟ‪J‬ﻢ ﺃﻗ‪J‬ﺪﻡ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺑﻴﻌﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺭﻏ‪J‬ﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻗ‪J‬ﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼ‪J‬ﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﻣ‪J‬ﺮﺕ ﺑﻨ‪J‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻫ‪J‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ‪J‬ﺐ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺜﻞ ﺫﻛﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻙ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺁﺓ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺁﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴ‪J‬ﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘ‪J‬ﻲ ﺣﻠ‪J‬ﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬ‪J‬ﺎ ﺃﺛﻨ‪J‬ﺎء ﻣﺮﺣﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟ‪J‬ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮء ﺍﻟﺤﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳُﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﺧﻮﺍﻧﻚ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﻤﺪ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳ‪J‬ﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪.‬‬

‫)‪3- “Leila (Shyly) to tell…..groping for words” (Pages 48-49‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﻠﻰ )ﺧﺠﻠﺔً(‪ :‬ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻟﻢ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺃﺣ‪J‬ﺐ ﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ُﻛـ‪J‬ـﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻨ‪J‬ﻲ ﺇﻳ‪J‬ﺎﻩ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺒ‪J‬ﻞ ﻛ‪J‬ﻞ ﺷ‪J‬ﻲء ﻛﻨ‪J‬ﺖ ﺗﻠﻘ‪J‬ﻲ‬

‫‪-٦٠-‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻟﻚ ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﺳﺘﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣ‪J‬ﺎ ﺗﻘ‪J‬ﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪J‬ﺎ ﻣﻌﻈ‪J‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻗ‪J‬ﺖ ُﻛﻨ‪J‬ﺖَ ﺣ‪J‬ﺎﺩّ ﺍﻟﻤ‪J‬ﺰﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ‪J‬ﺪﺭﺱ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻄ‪J‬ـﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ‪J‬ﻮﺍﺩﺭ ﺣ‪J‬ﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺃ ّﻧـﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠ‪J‬ﻢ ﺍﻵﺧ‪J‬ﺮﻳﻦ! ﺣﺘ‪J‬ﻰ ﺃﻧﻨ‪J‬ﺎ ﻧﺤ‪J‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒ‪J‬ﺔ ﻧﺤﻴ‪J‬ﻚ ﺍﻟ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﻋﺎﺑﺴﺎ ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺑﺨﺘ‪J‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠ‪J‬ﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺘ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻁﺎﻟﺒﺘ‪J‬ﻪ ﺑﺸ‪J‬ﺮﺍء ﺛ‪J‬ﻮﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜ‪J‬ﻦ ﻟﺪﺧﻠ‪J‬ﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺷ‪J‬ﻼﺕ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻷﻣ‪J‬ﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻁﻔﻴ‪J‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣ‪J‬ﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﺘﻠﻖ ﻧﻮﺍﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻬﺘﻢ ﺑﺈﺿﻔﺎء ﺍﻹﺛ‪J‬ﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿ‪J‬ﻮﻉ ﺍﻟ‪J‬ﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﺮﺣ‪J‬ﻪ ﻭﺑ‪J‬ﺪﻻ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﺫﻟ‪J‬ﻚ ُﺭﺣ‪J‬ﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺒ‪J‬ﺚ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ‬
‫ﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﺃﻓﻌ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﻛ‪J‬ﺬﺍ ﻭﻛ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍ‪ .‬ﺃﺣﻤ‪JJ‬ﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻨ‪JJ‬ﻲ ُﺃﻛ ّ‬
‫ِ‪J‬ـﻦ ﻟ‪JJ‬ﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻷﻧ‪JJ‬ﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴ‪J‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻋ‪JJ‬ﺐ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﷲ ﺳﻴﻐﻀ‪J‬ﺐ ﻋﻠ‪ّ J‬‬
‫ﺷﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻜﻨﻨﻲ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ ﺇﻧﻜ‪J‬ﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘ‪J‬ﺔ ﺃﻧﻨ‪J‬ﻲ ﺃﺷ‪J‬ﻌﺮ ﻫﻨ‪J‬ﺎ )ﺗﺸ‪J‬ﻴﺮ ﺇﻟ‪J‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﻬﺎ( ﻭﻫﻨﺎ )ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ(‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗ‪J‬ﺮﺃﺕ ﻓ‪J‬ﻲ ﻛﺘ‪J‬ﺎﺏ ﺣ‪J‬ﻮﻝ ﻋﻠ‪J‬ﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ُﻤـﺆﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃ ّﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺮﻫﻚ )ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ( ﻷﻧﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺗﻚ ﺗﻨﺒ‪J‬ﻊ ﻣ‪J‬ﻦ ﻗﻠ‪J‬ﺐ ﺻ‪J‬ﺎﻑ ﻭﻧﻘ‪J‬ﻲ ﻹﻧﺴ‪J‬ﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﻨ‪J‬ﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌ‪JJ‬ﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻤ‪JJ‬ﺎﻝ ﻭﺧﺎﺻ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻨ‪JJ‬ﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘ‪JJ‬ﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻴ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻭﻫ‪JJ‬ﺬﺍ ﻳ‪JJ‬ﺪﻝ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﻭﺟ‪JJ‬ﺪﺍﻥ ﻧﺒﻴ‪JJ‬ﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘ‪JJ‬ﻪ ﻋﻠ‪JJ‬ﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪) .....‬ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺻﺎﻣﺘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ…(‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣـﻈـــﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُـﺮﺟﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻗ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ‪) Back Translation‬ﺗﺮﺟﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻋﻜﺴ‪JJ‬ﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺟﻤ‪JJ‬ﺔ( ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳ‪JJ‬ﺔ ﺛ‪JJ‬ﻢ ﻗ‪JJ‬ﺎﺭﻥ ﻣ‪JJ‬ﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻗ‪J‬ﺪ ﻳﺴ‪J‬ﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﻓﻬﻤ‪J‬ﺎ ﻛ‪J‬ﺎﻣﻼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔ ﻛﻜﻞ )ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ )ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ‪ -‬ﺇﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻱ(‬

‫************************************‬

‫‪-٦١-‬‬